summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--20541-h.zipbin0 -> 289083 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541-h/20541-h.htm3419
-rw-r--r--20541-h/images/p0.jpgbin0 -> 53683 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541-h/images/p115.jpgbin0 -> 57144 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541-h/images/p156.jpgbin0 -> 51469 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541-h/images/p172.jpgbin0 -> 15477 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541-h/images/p98.jpgbin0 -> 44333 bytes
-rw-r--r--20541.txt3077
-rw-r--r--20541.zipbin0 -> 62194 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
12 files changed, 6512 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/20541-h.zip b/20541-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a866a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541-h/20541-h.htm b/20541-h/20541-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e270c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/20541-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3419 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>The Rocky Island</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ P { margin-top: .75em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ H1, H2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ }
+ H3, H4 {
+ text-align: left;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ TD { vertical-align: top; }
+ .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .pagenum {position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ color: gray;}
+
+ .citation {vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration: none;}
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h2>
+<a href="#startoftext">The Rocky Island, by Samuel Wilberforce</a>
+</h2>
+<pre>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Rocky Island, by Samuel Wilberforce
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Rocky Island
+ and Other Similitudes
+
+
+Author: Samuel Wilberforce
+
+
+
+Release Date: February 7, 2007 [eBook #20541]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ROCKY ISLAND***
+</pre>
+<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1849 (tenth) Francis &amp; John Rivington
+edition by David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p>
+<h1>THE ROCKY ISLAND,<br />
+AND<br />
+OTHER SIMILITUDES.</h1>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">By</span>
+SAMUEL WILBERFORCE, D.D.<br />
+<span class="smcap">lord bishop of oxford</span>.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">&ldquo;Fed my
+lambs.&rdquo;&mdash;S. <span class="smcap">John</span> xxi.
+15.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">tenth
+edition</span></p>
+<p style="text-align: center">LONDON:<br />
+FRANCIS &amp; JOHN RIVINGTON,<br />
+<span class="smcap">st. paul&rsquo;s church yard</span>, <span
+class="smcap">and waterloo place</span>.<br />
+1849.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p0.jpg">
+<img alt="The Rocky Island" src="images/p0.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<h2><!-- page iii--><a name="pageiii"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. iii</span>PREFACE.</h2>
+<p>The advertisement to a work of similar character to the
+present expresses the author&rsquo;s principle and wishes as to
+this little volume.&nbsp; It is constructed on the same plan,
+and, like the former, has had the test of the observations of his
+own children before it was given to the public.&nbsp; The
+reception of &ldquo;Agathos&rdquo; has shewn that many parents
+have felt the want which these little volumes are intended to
+supply, and leads the author to hope that he has in some measure
+been able to meet it.</p>
+<p><!-- page iv--><a name="pageiv"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+iv</span>It is a peculiar gratification to him to be able thus to
+enter many a Christian household, and fulfil, in some measure,
+his Master&rsquo;s charge, &ldquo;Feed my lambs.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>May it please God to give His blessing to this new
+attempt.</p>
+<p style="text-align: right">S. W</p>
+<p><i>Winchester</i>, <i>Sept.</i> 29, 1840.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 1--><a name="page1"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+1</span>The Rocky Island.</h2>
+<p>I saw in my dream a rough rocky island rising straight out of
+the midst of a roaring sea.&nbsp; In the midst of the island rose
+a black steep mountain; dark clouds rested gloomily upon its top;
+and into the midst of the clouds it cast forth ever and anon red
+flames, which lit them up like the thick curling smoke at the top
+of a furnace-chimney.&nbsp; Peals of loud thunder sounded
+constantly from these thick clouds; and now and then angry
+lightning shot its forked tongue, white, and red, and blue, from
+the midst of them, and fell upon the rocks, or the few trees
+which just clung to their sides, splitting them violently down,
+and scattering the broken and shivered pieces on all sides.&nbsp;
+<!-- page 2--><a name="page2"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+2</span>It was a sad, dreary-looking island at the first view,
+and I thought that no one could dwell in it; but as I looked
+closer at its shores, I saw that they were covered with children
+at play.&nbsp; A soft white sand formed its beach, and there
+these children played.&nbsp; I saw no grown people among them;
+but the children were all busy&mdash;some picking up shells; some
+playing with the bright-coloured berries of a prickly dwarf-plant
+which grew upon those sands; some watching the waves as they ran
+up and then fell back again on that shore; some running after the
+sea-birds, which ran with quick light feet along the wet sand,
+and ever flew off, skimming just along the wave-top, and uttering
+a quick sharp note as the children came close upon them:&mdash;so
+some sported in one way, and some in another, but all were busily
+at play.&nbsp; Now I wondered in my dream to see these children
+thus busy whilst the burning mountain lay close behind <!-- page
+3--><a name="page3"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 3</span>them,
+and the thunder made the air ring.</p>
+<p>Sometimes, indeed, when it shone out redder and fiercer than
+usual, or when the thunder seemed close over their heads, the
+children would be startled for a little while, and run together,
+and cry, and scream; but very soon it was all forgotten, and they
+were as full of their sports as ever.</p>
+<p>While I was musing upon this, I saw a man appear suddenly
+amongst the children.&nbsp; He was of a noble and kingly
+countenance, and yet so gentle withal that there was not a child
+of them all who seemed afraid to look in his face, or to listen
+to his kind voice when he opened his mouth, for soon I found that
+he was speaking to them.&nbsp; &ldquo;My dear children,&rdquo; I
+heard him say, &ldquo;you will all be certainly killed, if you
+stay upon this rocky island.&nbsp; Here no one ever grows up
+happily.&nbsp; Here all play turns into death&mdash;the burning
+mountain, <!-- page 4--><a name="page4"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 4</span>and the forked lightning, and the
+dreadful breath of the hill-storm,&mdash;these sweep down over
+all that stay here, and slay them all; and if you stay here, for
+these childish pleasures of yours, you will all
+perish.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then the children grew very grave, and they gazed one upon
+another, and all looked up into the face of the man, to see if he
+spoke in earnest.&nbsp; They saw directly that he did, for that
+kind face looked full of care as well as of love: so from him
+they looked out upon the waves of the sea, and one whispered to
+another, &ldquo;Where shall we go? how shall we ever get over
+that sea? we can never swim across it: had we not better go back,
+and play and be happy, until the time comes for us to
+die?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said the man, looking round kindly upon them
+all; &ldquo;you cannot swim over; you never could get over of
+yourselves: but you need not stay here and <!-- page 5--><a
+name="page5"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 5</span>die; for I have
+found a way of escape for you.&nbsp; Follow me, and you shall see
+it.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>So I saw that he led them round a high rough rock, to where
+the calm waves of the sea ran up into a little bay, upon the
+white sand of which only a gentle ripple broke with a very
+pleasant sound.&nbsp; This bay was full of boats, small painted
+boats, with just room in each for one person, with a small rudder
+to guide them at the stern, and a little sail as white as snow,
+and over all a flag, on which a bright red cross was flapping in
+the gentle sea-breeze.</p>
+<p>Then when the children saw these beautiful boats, they clapped
+their little hands together for very joy of heart.&nbsp; But the
+man spoke to them again and said, &ldquo;You will all have a
+deep, and dangerous, and stormy sea to pass over in these little
+boats.&nbsp; They will carry you quite safely, if you are careful
+to do just as I bid you, for then neither are wind nor the <!--
+page 6--><a name="page6"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 6</span>sea
+can harm them; but they will bear you safely over the foaming
+waves to a bright and beautiful land&mdash;to a country where
+there is no burning mountain, and no angry lightning, and no bare
+rocks, and no blasting hill-storm; but where there are trees
+bearing golden fruits by the side of beautiful rivers, into which
+they sweep their green boughs.&nbsp; There the trees are always
+green, and the leaves ever fresh.&nbsp; There the fruit ripens
+every month, <a name="citation6"></a><a href="#footnote6"
+class="citation">[6]</a> and the very leaves upon the trees are
+healing.&nbsp; There is always glad and joyful light.&nbsp; There
+are happy children who have passed this sea; and there are others
+who have grown old full of happiness; there are some of your
+fathers, and mothers, and brothers, and sisters; and there am I
+ever present to keep and to comfort you.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now when
+they heard this, all the children wished to jump into the boats,
+and he was kindly ready to help them, only he <!-- page 7--><a
+name="page7"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 7</span>put each one in
+carefully and slowly; and as he put him in, he gave him his
+charge.&nbsp; He told them that they must never look round to
+this island they were leaving, but must be always setting their
+faces towards the happy land they sought for.&nbsp; He told them
+that they must leave behind them all the shells and the berries
+which had pleased them here, for if they tried to take these with
+them in their boats, some accident would certainly befall
+them.&nbsp; Then some of the children, when they heard all this,
+drew secretly away, and ran round the point, and gave up the
+boats and the sea, and began their old idle play again.&nbsp; And
+some of them, I thought, hid the shells and the berries they had
+got, and then jumped into the boat, pretending they had left all
+behind them.</p>
+<p>Then I saw that the man gave different presents to each of
+them, as they seated themselves in the boat.&nbsp; One was a
+little compass in a wooden box.&nbsp; &ldquo;This,&rdquo; he <!--
+page 8--><a name="page8"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+8</span>said, &ldquo;will always shew you which way to steer; you
+are to follow me, for I shall always be before you on the waters;
+but often when the darkness of the night comes on, or the thick
+mist seethes up from the wave&rsquo;s brim, or the calm has
+fallen upon you so that your boat has stood still,&mdash;often at
+such times as these you may not be able even to mark my track
+before you: then you must look at the compass, and its finger
+will always point true and straight to where I am; and if you
+will follow me there, you will be safe.&rdquo;&nbsp; He gave
+them, too, a musical instrument, which made a soft murmuring
+sound when they breathed earnestly into it; &ldquo;and
+this,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;you must use when you are becalmed
+and so cannot get on, or when the waves swell into a storm around
+you and threaten to swallow you up.&rdquo;&nbsp; He gave them,
+too, bread and water for many days.</p>
+<p>So I saw that they all set out upon <!-- page 9--><a
+name="page9"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 9</span>their voyage,
+and a beautiful sight it was to look upon.&nbsp; Their snow-white
+sails upon the deep sea shone like stars upon the blue of the
+firmament; and now they all followed close upon the
+leader&rsquo;s ship, and their little boats danced lightly and
+joyfully over the trackless waves, which lifted up their breasts
+to waft them over: and so they started.&nbsp; But I looked again
+in a little while, and they were beginning to be scattered very
+widely asunder: here and there three or four of the boats kept
+well together, and followed steadily in the track of the
+leader&rsquo;s vessel; then there was a long space of the sea
+with no boat upon it at all; then came a straggler or two, and
+then another company; and then, far off on the right and on the
+left, were other boats, which seemed to be wandering quite away
+from the leader&rsquo;s path.</p>
+<p>Now, as I watched them closer, I saw that there were many
+different things which drew them away: one I saw, soon <!-- page
+10--><a name="page10"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 10</span>after
+they started, who turned back to look at the rocky island,
+forgetting the man&rsquo;s command.&nbsp; He saw the other
+children playing on the beach; he heard their merry voices; and
+then looking round again towards the sea, it looked rough and
+dark before him; and he forgot the burning mountain, and the
+terrible thunder, and the bright happy land for which he was
+bound, and the goodly company he was in, and the kind face of the
+kingly man; and he was like one in a dream, before whose eyes all
+sorts of shapes and colours fly, and in whose ears all sounds are
+ringing; and he thought no more of the helm, nor watched the
+sails; and so the driving swell carried his boat idly along with
+its long roll; and in a few minutes more I saw it at the top of a
+white foaming breaker, and then he and it were dashed down upon
+the rocks which girdled the sandy beach, and he was seen again no
+more.</p>
+<p><!-- page 11--><a name="page11"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+11</span>Then I turned my eyes to two other boats, which were
+going fast away from the true course, for no reason which I could
+see; but when I looked at them more closely, I saw that they were
+in a sort of angry race; each wished to get to the wind-side of
+the other; and they were so busy thinking about this, and looking
+at one another with angry glances, and calling out to one another
+with angry words, that they forgot to look for the leader&rsquo;s
+ship, or to watch the finger of the compass; and so they were
+going altogether wide of the track along which they should have
+passed.</p>
+<p>Then I looked closely at another, which was shooting quite
+away in another direction; and I saw that the poor child had left
+the rudder, and was playing with something in the bottom of the
+boat; and as I looked nearer in it, I saw that it was with some
+of the bright berries of the rocky island which he had brought
+with him that he was so foolishly busy.</p>
+<p><!-- page 12--><a name="page12"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+12</span>Foolish, indeed, he was; and kind had been the warning
+of the man who bade them leave all these behind: for whilst I was
+watching him, and wondering what would be the end of such a
+careless voyage, I saw his little boat strike suddenly upon a
+hidden rock, which broke a hole in its wooden sides, and the
+water rushed in, and the boat began to sink, and there was no
+help near, and the poor boy was soon drowned in the midst of the
+waves.</p>
+<p>Then I turned sadly away to watch the boats which were
+following their leader; and here, too, I saw strange things; for
+though the sea when looked at from afar seemed just alike to all,
+yet when I watched any one, I saw that he had some difficulties,
+and some frights, and some helps of his own, which I did not see
+the others have.</p>
+<p>Sometimes it would fall all at once quite dark, like a thick
+night, all round a boat; and if he that was in it could hear the
+voice of a companion near him for a <!-- page 13--><a
+name="page13"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 13</span>little while,
+that gladdened him greatly; and then oftentimes all sound of
+voices died away, and all was dark, still, deep night, and he
+knew not where to steer.&nbsp; Now if, when this fell upon him,
+the child went straight to his compass, and looked close upon it,
+in spite of the darkness, there came always a faint flashing
+light out of the darkness, which played just over the compass, so
+as to shew him its straight blue finger, if he saw no more; and
+then, if he took up his musical instrument, and blew into it,
+though the thickness of the heavy air seemed at first to drown
+its sound, yet, after awhile, if he was but earnest, I could hear
+its sweet murmuring sound begin; and then directly the child lost
+his fears, and did not want company; sweet echoes of his music
+talked with his spirit out of the darkness, and within a little
+time the gloom would lift itself quite up again, or melt away
+into the softest light: and lo! he had got <!-- page 14--><a
+name="page14"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 14</span>on far on his
+voyage even in this time of darkness, so that sometimes he could
+see the beloved form just before him; and at times even the
+wooded shore of the happy land would lift itself up, and shine on
+his glad eyes, over the level brim of the silver sea.</p>
+<p>From another boat it would seem that the very air of the
+heaven died away.&nbsp; There it lay, like a painted sail in a
+picture&mdash;the snow-white canvass drooping lazily, or flapping
+to and fro, as the long dull swell heaved up the boat, and let it
+sink again into the trough of the waves: other boats, but a
+little way off, would sail by with a full breeze; but he could
+not move; his very flag shewed no sign of life.&nbsp; Now if the
+little sailor began to amuse himself when this happened, it
+seemed to me that there he lay, and would lie, till the dark
+night overtook him, and parted him from all his company.&nbsp;
+But if, instead of this, he took up <!-- page 15--><a
+name="page15"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 15</span>his musical
+instrument, and played upon it with all his earnestness, its soft
+breath, as it whispered to the wind, soon woke up its gentle
+sighing; the long flag lifted itself on high; the blood-red cross
+waved over the water; the snowy sails swelled out, and the little
+boat danced on along its joyful way.</p>
+<p>I noticed also that before those boats which were passing on
+the fastest, the sea would every now and then look very dark and
+threatening.&nbsp; Great waves would seem to lift their white
+heads just before them; whilst every where else the sea looked
+calm and enticing.&nbsp; Then the little sailor would strain his
+eye after his master&rsquo;s course, or look down at the faithful
+compass; and by both of these sure signs he saw that his way lay
+straight through these threatening waves.&nbsp; Well was it for
+him, if, with a bold heart and a faithful hand, he steered right
+into them.&nbsp; For always did I see, that just as he got where
+<!-- page 16--><a name="page16"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+16</span>it seemed to be most dangerous, the tossing waves sank,
+as if to yield him an easy passage; the wind favoured him more
+than at any part of his voyage; and he got on in the right way
+faster than ever before.&nbsp; Especially was this so, if at
+first he was somewhat tossed, and yet held straight on; for then
+he shot into a glassy calm, where tide and wind bore him steadily
+along unto the desired haven.&nbsp; But sad was it for him, if,
+instead of then trusting to the compass, he steered for the
+smoother water.&nbsp; One or two such trembling sailors I
+especially observed.&nbsp; One of them had long been sailing with
+the foremost boats; he had met with less darkness, fewer mists or
+troubled places, than the boats around him; and when he saw the
+white crests of the threatening waves lift up their strength
+before him, his heart began to sink; and after wavering for a
+moment, he turned his little boat aside to seek the calmer
+water.&nbsp; Through <!-- page 17--><a name="page17"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 17</span>it he seemed to be gliding on most
+happily, when all at once his little boat struck upon a hidden
+sandbank, and was fixed so firmly on its side, that it could not
+get afloat again.&nbsp; I saw not his end; but I sadly feared
+that when next the sea wrought with a troubled motion, and the
+surf broke upon that bank, his little boat must soon be shivered,
+and he perish in the waves.</p>
+<p>The other who turned aside followed closely after him; for
+this was one thing which I noted through all the voyage.&nbsp;
+Whenever one boat went astray, some thoughtless follower or other
+would forget his compass, to sail after the unhappy wanderer; and
+it often happened that these followers of others went the
+farthest wrong of any.&nbsp; So it was in this case; for when the
+first boat struck upon the sandbank, the other, thinking to
+escape it, bore still farther off; and so chancing to pass just
+where the shoal ended, and an unruly <!-- page 18--><a
+name="page18"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 18</span>current swept
+by its farthest edge, the boat was upset in a moment, and the
+poor child in it drowned.</p>
+<p>And now I turned to three or four boats which had kept
+together from the time they left the harbour.&nbsp; Few were
+forwarder than they; few had smoother water or more prosperous
+gales.&nbsp; I could see, when I looked close into their faces,
+that they were all children of one family; and that all the
+voyage through they were helping, cheering, and directing one
+another.&nbsp; As I watched their ways, I noticed this, too,
+which seemed wonderful.&nbsp; If one of them had got into some
+trouble with its tackle, and the others stayed awhile to help it,
+and to bring it on its way, instead of losing ground by this
+their kindness, they seemed all to make the greater progress, and
+press on the further in their course.</p>
+<p>And now I longed to see the ending of this voyage; and so
+looking on to those <!-- page 19--><a name="page19"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 19</span>which were most forward, I resolved
+to trace them to the end.</p>
+<p>Then I found that all, without exception, came into a belt of
+storms and darkness before they reached the happy land.&nbsp;
+True, it was much rougher and more dark with some than others;
+but to every one there was a deep night and a troubled sea.&nbsp;
+I saw, too, that when they reached this place, they were always
+parted one from another.&nbsp; Even those which had kept most
+close together all the voyage before, until just upon the edge of
+this dark part, they, like the rest, were scattered here, and
+toiled on awhile singly and alone.</p>
+<p>They seemed to me to fare the best who entered on it with the
+fullest sails, and had kept hitherto the straightest
+course.&nbsp; Indeed, as a common rule I found this always
+true&mdash;that those who had watched the compass, and held the
+rudder, and cheered themselves with the appointed music, and
+eaten the master&rsquo;s bread, and steered <!-- page 20--><a
+name="page20"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 20</span>straight
+after him, they passed through this cloud and darkness easily and
+swiftly.</p>
+<p>Next to these were those who sought most earnestly to cheer
+its gloom with the sound of their appointed music.&nbsp; The Lord
+of these seas, indeed, had many ways of cheering His
+followers.&nbsp; Even in the thickest of that darkness His face
+of beaming love would look out upon them; and He seemed nearer to
+them then than He had done heretofore through all their
+voyage.</p>
+<p>Then, moreover, it was never long; and bright light lay beyond
+it.&nbsp; For they passed straight out of it into &ldquo;the
+haven where they would be.&rdquo;&nbsp; Sweet sounds broke upon
+their glad ears even as they left that darkness.&nbsp; A great
+crowd of happy children&mdash;parents who had gone before
+them&mdash;friends whom they had loved, and holy persons whose
+names they had long known&mdash;these all lined the banks,
+waiting to receive and welcome them.&nbsp; <!-- page 21--><a
+name="page21"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 21</span>Amidst these
+moved up and down shining forms of beautiful beings, such as the
+children&rsquo;s eyes had seen only in some happy dream; and
+they, too, were their friends; they, too, waited for them on the
+bank; they, too, welcomed them with singing, and bore the happy
+new-comer with songs of triumph into the shining presence of the
+merciful King.&nbsp; Then, on the throne royal, and with the
+glorious crown upon His head, they saw the same kind face of
+gentle majesty which had looked upon them when they played on the
+shores of that far rocky isle.&nbsp; They heard again the voice
+which had bid them fly the burning mountain.&nbsp; They saw Him
+who had taken them into His convoy; who had given them their
+boats; who had been near them in the storm; who had given them
+light in the darkness; who had helped them in the dull calm; who
+had never left them; but who had kept <!-- page 22--><a
+name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 22</span>and guided
+them across the ocean; and who now received them to His
+never-ending rest.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Father</i>.&nbsp; Who are the children playing on the
+shores of the rocky island?</p>
+<p><i>Child</i>.&nbsp; The fallen children of fallen parents,
+born into this sinful world.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What does the burning mountain, and the lightning,
+and the hill-storm, represent?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The wrath of God ever burning against sinners.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who is He who warned these thoughtless children?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The Lord Jesus, who, by His ministers, warns men to
+&ldquo;flee from the wrath to come.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are the boats by which they are to escape?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The &ldquo;ark of Christ&rsquo;s Church,&rdquo; into
+which we are admitted by baptism.</p>
+<p><!-- page 23--><a name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+23</span>F.&nbsp; Many of the children who embarked in the boats
+were lost,&mdash;what is shewn by this?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; That it is not enough to be received into the
+congregation of Christ&rsquo;s flock; but that we must always
+&ldquo;manfully fight under His banner against the world, the
+flesh, and the devil, and continue Christ&rsquo;s faithful
+soldiers and servants unto our lives&rsquo; end.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is the compass, and the musical instrument, and
+the bread, and the water?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; God&rsquo;s word, and the privilege of prayer and
+holy sacraments, and the other gifts of God to His Church.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is the gentle wind which the musical instrument
+awoke?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The grace of God&rsquo;s Holy Spirit, promised to the
+members of His Church, to be sought by earnest prayer, and in all
+the means of grace.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What means the boy playing with <!-- page 24--><a
+name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 24</span>the berries,
+and so striking on the rock?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; One who having been given up to Christ in baptism
+follows worldly pleasures, and so &ldquo;makes shipwreck of the
+faith.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are the dark places and calms into which
+different boats enter?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The different temptations and dangers of the
+Christian life.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are the threatening waves which seemed to be
+right ahead of the boat?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The dangers and self-denials which they must meet
+with who will follow Christ.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is meant by the boat which turned aside, and ran
+upon the shoal?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; That they who will turn aside from following Christ
+because danger and self-denials meet them cannot reach
+heaven.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is shewn in the boat which followed this
+one?</p>
+<p><!-- page 25--><a name="page25"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+25</span>C.&nbsp; How ready we are to follow a bad example, and
+go beyond it.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the little company of boats which kept
+together?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; A Christian family earnestly serving God.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why did those who helped others find that they got on
+the fastest?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because God, who has bid us &ldquo;bear one
+another&rsquo;s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ,&rdquo;
+will greatly help and bless all such.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is the belt of storm and darkness which all must
+pass through?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Death.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why were all separated in it?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because we must die alone.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who are those that generally passed through it most
+easily?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Those whose life had been most holy and
+obedient.&nbsp; &ldquo;Keep innocency, and take heed unto the
+thing that is <!-- page 26--><a name="page26"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 26</span>right; for that shall bring a man
+peace at the last&rdquo; (Ps. xxxvii. 38).</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who were the next?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Those who entered on it with much prayer.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was their great support in it?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The presence of Jesus Christ our Lord.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What declaration have we on this subject in
+God&rsquo;s word?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; &ldquo;When thou passest through the waters, I will
+be with thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;I am the resurrection and the
+life; he that believeth on me shall never die.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What lies beyond this to the faithful Christian?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The blessed rest of paradise and the bright glories
+of heaven.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 27--><a name="page27"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+27</span>The Vision of the Three States.</h2>
+<p>I saw, in my vision, two glorious creatures walking together
+through a beautiful garden.&nbsp; I thought at first they must be
+angels, so bright and happy did they seem.&nbsp; The garden,
+also, in which they were, seemed too beautiful for earth.&nbsp;
+Every flower which I had ever seen, and numbers which my eye had
+never looked upon, grew in abundance round them.&nbsp; They
+walked, as it were, upon a carpet of flowers.&nbsp; The breeze
+was quite full of the rich scent which arose from them.&nbsp; The
+sun shone upon them with a brightness such as I had never seen
+before; whilst the air sparkled with myriads of winged <!-- page
+28--><a name="page28"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+28</span>things, which flew here and there, as if to shew how
+happy they were.</p>
+<p>All through the garden, too, I saw every sort of beast, in all
+its natural grace and beauty; and all at peace.&nbsp; Great lions
+moved about amongst tender sheep; and striped tigers lay down
+quietly to sleep amongst the dappled fawns which sported around
+them.&nbsp; But, amidst all these beautiful sights, my eyes
+followed more than all, the two glorious forms which were walking
+together with such a kingly majesty through the happy garden:
+they were, truly, I could see, beings of this earth; they were
+talking to each other; they were speaking of <span
+class="smcap">One</span> who had made them out of the dust of the
+earth; who had given to them living souls: who was their Father
+and their Friend; who had planted for them this beautiful garden,
+and made them the rulers of all that was in it.</p>
+<p>Now I marked them as they talked, <!-- page 29--><a
+name="page29"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 29</span>and I could
+see that their eyes were often turned from all the beauty round
+them towards one far end of the garden; and as I watched them, I
+saw that they were still passing on towards it.&nbsp; Then I also
+fixed my eyes there, and in a while I could see that, at the end
+of the garden to which they were moving, there was a bright
+light, brighter and purer than the light of the sun; and I
+thought that in it I could see here and there heavenly forms
+moving up and down, flying upon silver wings, or borne along upon
+the light breath of the sunny air.&nbsp; But as I strained my
+eyes to pierce into it, it seemed to dazzle and confound them by
+its great lustre.&nbsp; Then, again, I heard the words of the
+two; and they spake of what was before them; of the bright light,
+and the heavenly forms: and I found that they were only
+travellers through this beautiful garden; that the King who had
+placed them in it dwelt in that light, the brightness <!-- page
+30--><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 30</span>of
+which had so confounded my gaze; that they were on their way to
+His presence, and that when they reached it, they should be happy
+for ever; even as those shining spirits were already, whose
+golden figures I had been just able to discover.</p>
+<p>Now, whilst I was pondering upon these things, and casting my
+eyes round and round this beautiful garden, I heard all at once a
+most terrible sound, as of thunder, such as man&rsquo;s ears had
+never heard.&nbsp; I looked up, and the bright light at the end
+of the garden seemed to turn itself into angry fire, and to flash
+red and threatening through thick black clouds, which were
+forming themselves into terrible shapes all over the
+garden.&nbsp; Then I looked for the two that I had seen before: I
+could just see them; sorrow sat upon their faces, and fear made
+them deadly pale; a serpent was gliding from them into the
+bushes; and their eyes were fixed upon <!-- page 31--><a
+name="page31"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 31</span>the air, as
+though voices, which I heard not, were speaking terrible things
+to their inner ears.&nbsp; Then, as I looked, it grew darker and
+darker&mdash;the thunder pealed all round me&mdash;cries came
+forth from every hill, as of fierce and deadly beasts in wild
+dreadful fight.&nbsp; The flowers round me were withering up, as
+if a burning blight had passed over them; and soon it was all
+dark, and dreary, and desolate.</p>
+<p>Then when my heart was very heavy within me, methought there
+stood by me one of the forms of light whom I had seen at the
+garden&rsquo;s end; and my knees smote together through fear of
+his glory; but he looked upon me kindly, and spoke to me in a
+voice of pity, and he said, &ldquo;Wouldst thou see the end of
+this sight?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then my heart gathered courage, and I
+told him, that if it were lawful, I would indeed fain look upon
+it.</p>
+<p>With that he lifted me, and we flew through the air, and I
+knew not where <!-- page 32--><a name="page32"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 32</span>he had borne me; but in a while he
+set me on my feet, and bade me look right down beneath me.&nbsp;
+Then I looked down at his word, but could see nothing.&nbsp; My
+eyes seemed to rest upon the thick mantle of the night, and they
+could not pierce through it.&nbsp; Now, while I was striving to
+pierce through the darkness, strange noises rose from it to my
+ears.&nbsp; All sounds that ever were, came up from it, so
+mingled together that I could not say what they were.&nbsp;
+Whether it were a groan, or a cry, or a roaring, or music, or
+shouting, or the voice of anger or of sorrow; for all of these
+seemed joined together into one; but the groaning was louder than
+the laughing, and the voice of crying well nigh drowned the
+music.&nbsp; Then I asked my guide what was this strange noise;
+and he told me that it was the voice of all <span
+class="smcap">the world</span>, as it rose up to the ears of
+those that were on high.&nbsp; Then I begged of him, if it might
+be, to let me see those <!-- page 33--><a name="page33"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 33</span>from whom it came.&nbsp; With that he
+touched my eyes; and now methought, though the darkness remained,
+that I could see in the midst of its thickness, even as in the
+brightness of the day.</p>
+<p>It was a strange place into which I looked.&nbsp; Instead of
+the beautiful garden I had seen before, and two glorious
+creatures passing through it; now I saw a multitude of men,
+women, and children, passing on through a waste and desolate
+wilderness.&nbsp; Here and there, indeed, there were still
+flowery spots, but they were soon trodden down by the feet of
+those who passed along.&nbsp; Strange too were their steps.&nbsp;
+Now, instead of passing straight on, they moved round and round,
+for they were all in the black darkness.&nbsp; The ground was
+full of pitfalls, in the low bottoms of which I could see red
+fire burning fierce and hot, and one after another fell over into
+these pitfalls, and I saw them no more.&nbsp; Evil beasts, too,
+<!-- page 34--><a name="page34"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+34</span>moved amongst them, slaying one, and tearing another;
+and as if this was not enough, oftentimes they would quarrel and
+fight with one another, until the ground all around was covered
+with their bodies strewed upon it.</p>
+<p>Yet for all this, some would sing, and dance, and frolic; and
+this seemed to me the saddest of all, for they were like mad men;
+and mad in truth they were, for in the midst of their dancing and
+their singing, one and another would get near the side of some
+great pitfall, and step over into its flames, even with the song
+upon their lips.</p>
+<p>In vain did I strain my eyes to see any light at the end, as I
+had seen it in the garden.&nbsp; If it was there, the black
+clouds had rolled over it so thick and dark that not a ray of it
+was left.</p>
+<p>Yet I heard one and another offering to lead those that would
+follow them, safely through this terrible wilderness; and such
+<!-- page 35--><a name="page35"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+35</span>men never wanted followers: so I watched many of these
+leaders, to see what they would do for those that trusted
+them.&nbsp; Little help could any of them render.&nbsp; Some put
+their followers on a path which led straight down into the
+deepest and most frightful pitfalls; some set them on a path
+which wandered round and round, and brought them at the end back
+to the same place from which they started; some led them into
+thorny places, where the poor pilgrims pierced their bleeding
+feet with many a wound: but not one did I see who brought them
+into any better place, or took them any nearer to their
+journey&rsquo;s end.</p>
+<p>How they found their way at all, was at first my wonder.&nbsp;
+But as I looked more closely, I saw in all their hands little
+lanterns, which just threw a feeble light upon the darkness round
+them.&nbsp; These were always brightest in the young, for they
+soon grew very dim; and the <!-- page 36--><a
+name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 36</span>falls and
+blows they met with, bruised and shattered them so much, that
+some had hardly any glimmering left, even of the feeble light
+which they had seemed to cast of old.</p>
+<p>I looked at them until my heart was very sad, for there was no
+peace, no safety, no hope; but all went heavily and sadly,
+groaning and weeping, or laughing like madmen, until, sooner or
+later, they seemed all to perish in the fearful pitfalls!</p>
+<p>Then my angel-guide spoke to me again, marking my sadness, and
+he said, &ldquo;Hast thou well observed this sight?&rdquo; and I
+answered, &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he said, &ldquo;And
+wouldst thou see more?&rdquo;&nbsp; So when I had said
+&ldquo;yes,&rdquo; methought we were once more flying through the
+air, until again he set me on my feet, and bid me look
+down.&nbsp; Now here, too, strange noises reached my ears; but as
+I listened to them, I found that there were mixed with them such
+sounds as I had not heard before.&nbsp; <!-- page 37--><a
+name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 37</span>Sweet clear
+voices came up now from the din, speaking, as it were from one
+close by me, words of faith, and of hope, and of love; and they
+sounded to me like the happy talking which I had heard at the
+first between the glorious beings in the garden.</p>
+<p>So when my guide touched my eyes, I bent them eagerly down
+into the darkness below me.</p>
+<p>At first I thought that it was the same place I had seen last,
+for there was a busy multitude passing to and fro; and there was
+music and dancing, and sobbing and crying; there were pitfalls,
+too, and wild beasts.&nbsp; But as I looked closer, I saw that,
+in spite of all this, it was not the place that I had seen
+before.&nbsp; Even at a glance I could see that there were many
+more flowers here than there; and that many amongst the pilgrims
+were going straight on, with happy faces, by a road which passed
+safely by all the pitfalls.&nbsp; I could <!-- page 38--><a
+name="page38"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 38</span>see, too,
+that at the end of the road was a dim shining of that happy light
+which had been so bright in the beautiful garden.</p>
+<p>Now, as I looked, I saw that there were but a few who kept to
+this straight safe road, and that many were scattered all over
+the plain.&nbsp; I saw many leave this path even as I looked upon
+it; and very few did I see come back to it: those who did, seemed
+to me to find it very hard to get into it again; whether it was
+that its sides were slippery, or its banks so steep, many fainted
+and gave up, after trying to climb into it again.&nbsp; But it
+seemed quite easy to leave it; for every one who left it went on
+at first lightly and pleasantly.&nbsp; Sometimes, indeed, they
+seemed greatly startled after taking their first step out of it,
+and some of them turned straight back, and after a few struggles,
+more or less, such always got into it again.&nbsp; But if once
+after this first check they set out for the plain, they <!-- page
+39--><a name="page39"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+39</span>seemed to go easily along, until their path lay straight
+by the den of some destroying beast, or led them into the midst
+of the pitfalls, where they wholly lost their reckoning, and knew
+not how to get on, or how to get back.</p>
+<p>I saw, too, after a while, that they had got lanterns in their
+hands, some of which gave a great deal of light.&nbsp; Those
+which were carried along the narrow path shot out bright rays on
+all sides, until towards the end they quite blazed with
+light.&nbsp; I could see, too, that these travellers had some way
+of trimming and dressing their lamps; and that much of their
+light seemed to come from an open book which they carried in
+their hands, from the leaves of which there flashed out
+continually streams of light, which made their lamps burn so
+brightly that all their road shone with it.&nbsp; But as they got
+further and further from the path, their lamps began to burn
+dim.&nbsp; All these travellers, <!-- page 40--><a
+name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 40</span>too, had the
+book of light closed; or if they now and then opened it, they
+shut it up again, some carelessly, and some as if its light
+frightened them; and not one could I see who stopped to trim his
+light: so that just when they got amongst the pitfalls, and
+wanted light the most, they were all the most nearly in
+darkness.</p>
+<p>Now, when I had looked at them for a space, and wondered, my
+guide said to me, &ldquo;Wouldst thou see how they enter on this
+plain?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he took me to a fair porch, which came
+from the wilderness I had looked upon before; and there I saw a
+man standing in white robes, and speaking good words, and giving
+good gifts to each one as he came in.&nbsp; There were persons
+coming in of all nations and people, and some, too, of all ages,
+though the greatest number were little children, so small that
+their little hands would not hold the man&rsquo;s gifts, and so
+he hung them <!-- page 41--><a name="page41"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 41</span>round their necks, for them to use as
+soon as they were able.</p>
+<p>Then I joined myself to the group, to hear and see the better
+what was passing.&nbsp; The man in white was speaking with a
+grave kind voice as I came up.&nbsp; He told the pilgrims that
+the great Lord of the land had built that porch, and set him
+there to help the poor travellers, who were before without hope
+or help amongst the beasts, and snares, and pitfalls of the
+terrible wilderness; he told them that the blood of the
+King&rsquo;s own Son had been shed, that that porch might be
+built; that the King had prepared them a narrow way to walk in,
+which led straight from that porch to His own blessed presence,
+and that they might all pass along it safely if they would; he
+told them that if they left that path, they would surely get
+again amongst the pitfalls which they had left in the wilderness;
+nay, that they would be worse off than they had been <!-- page
+42--><a name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 42</span>even
+there, for that there was no other porch where they could again
+be set right, and no other place where the gifts that he was
+giving them now, could ever be got any more, if they were once
+thrown quite away.</p>
+<p>Then I looked to see what these gifts were.&nbsp; I saw the
+man bring forth clear and sparkling water, which shone as if with
+living light; and with this he washed from them the dirt and the
+bruises of the terrible wilderness: with this, too, he touched
+their little lamps, and as it touched them, they grew so bright
+and clear, that the light within poured freely forth on all
+around them.&nbsp; Then he looked in their faces, and gave them a
+name, which he wrote down in the King&rsquo;s book; and he told
+them, that by this name they should be known, not only by their
+fellow-travellers, but that this would remain written in the
+King&rsquo;s book here, unless they wholly left His path; and
+that every name <!-- page 43--><a name="page43"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 43</span>which remained written here, they
+would find written in another book in letters of gold and of
+fire, when they reached the other end of the path; and that for
+every pilgrim, whose name was written there, the golden gate
+would open of itself, and he would find a place and a crown in
+the presence of the King.</p>
+<p>Then, as he spoke all these glorious words, my heart burned
+within me to see how the travellers sped.</p>
+<p>But he had not yet done with them; for he brought out of his
+stores a golden vial for each one; and he told them that in it
+the King had stored the oil of light and beauty for the dressing
+of their lamps.</p>
+<p>Then he shewed them how to use it: not carelessly or lightly,
+for then the oil would not flow; but earnestly, and with great
+care; and then sweet odours issued from the vial, and the flame
+of the lamp burned brightly and high.&nbsp; He gave them, too,
+the precious light-book, <!-- page 44--><a
+name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 44</span>which I had
+seen; and he bade them read in it when it was dark, or the way
+was slippery; and that they should ever find that it was a
+&ldquo;lantern unto their feet, and a light unto their
+paths.&rdquo;&nbsp; He put, too, into the hand of each a trusty
+staff, suited to their age; and then he told them, while they
+leant upon it, it would bear them up at many a pinch, and ever
+grow with their growth, and strengthen with their strength.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Church-truth&rdquo; he called these staffs; and they were
+made after a marvellous fashion, for they were as if many wands
+had been woven together to make one; and as I looked, I could see
+&ldquo;example,&rdquo; and &ldquo;experience,&rdquo; and
+&ldquo;discipline,&rdquo; and &ldquo;creeds,&rdquo; written upon
+some of these wands, which grew together into
+&ldquo;Church-truth.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then I longed greatly to follow forth some of these whom I had
+seen under the porch; and as I gazed, I saw the man look
+earnestly into the face of a fair <!-- page 45--><a
+name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 45</span>boy, who
+stood before him: he gave him the name of &ldquo;Gottlieb,&rdquo;
+<a name="citation45a"></a><a href="#footnote45a"
+class="citation">[45a]</a> and entered it in the book, and put
+the staff in his hand, and washed him with living water, and hung
+the vial at his side, and put the banded staff into his hands;
+and, bidding him God-speed, set him out upon his journey.</p>
+<p>Then he looked steadily into the face of another, and it, too,
+was fair to look upon; but it had not the quiet happy peace of
+the last.&nbsp; The man wrote it down as &ldquo;Irrgeist;&rdquo;
+<a name="citation45b"></a><a href="#footnote45b"
+class="citation">[45b]</a> and I thought a shade of sadness swept
+over his brow as he gave to him the King&rsquo;s goodly
+gifts.</p>
+<p>Then he sent forth a third, whose timid eye seemed hardly firm
+enough for so long a journey; and I heard the name that was given
+him, and it was &ldquo;Furchtsam.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation45c"></a><a href="#footnote45c"
+class="citation">[45c]</a>&nbsp; Close to him went another, with
+a firm step, and an eye of steady gentleness; <!-- page 46--><a
+name="page46"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 46</span>and I saw, by
+the King&rsquo;s book, that he bore the name of
+&ldquo;Gehulf&egrave;.&rdquo; <a name="citation46"></a><a
+href="#footnote46" class="citation">[46]</a></p>
+<p>So these four set out upon their journey; and I followed them
+to see how they should fare.&nbsp; Now, I saw that at first, when
+they started, they were so small that they could not read in the
+goodly book, neither could they use the golden vials; and their
+little banded sticks would have fallen from their hands, if they
+had not been small and thin, like the first green shoots of the
+spring.&nbsp; Their lamps, too, cast no light outwardly, yet
+still they made some way upon the path; and whilst I wondered how
+this might be, I saw that a loving hand was stretched out of the
+darkness round them, which held them up and guided them on their
+way.</p>
+<p>But, anon, in a while they were grown larger; and I could see
+Gottlieb walking on the first, and his book of light was <!--
+page 47--><a name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+47</span>open in his hand, and his lamp burned bright, for he
+often refreshed it with oil, and he leant upon his good staff,
+and strode along the road.</p>
+<p>Then, as he walked on, I saw that there stood upon his path a
+shadowy figure, as of one in flowing robes, and on her head she
+seemed to wear a chaplet of many flowers; in her hands was a cup
+of what seemed to be crystal water, and a basket of what looked
+like cool and refreshing fruit.&nbsp; A beautiful light played
+all round her, and half shewed her and her gifts to the
+boy.&nbsp; She bid him welcome, as he came up to her; so he
+raised his eyes from his book, and looked to see who spoke to
+him.&nbsp; Then she spoke kindly to him; and she held forth the
+cup towards him, and asked him if he would not drink.&nbsp; Now,
+the boy was hot with walking, for the air was close, so he
+stretched out his hand to take the cup; but though it seemed so
+near to him, he could not <!-- page 48--><a
+name="page48"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 48</span>reach
+it.&nbsp; And at the same moment she spake to him again, and
+asked him to come where these fruits grew, and where the breeze
+whispered amongst the boughs of yonder trees,&mdash;and there to
+drink and rest, and then go on his way again.&nbsp; Then I saw
+that she had power to call out of the darkness the likeness of
+all she spoke of.&nbsp; So he looked at the trees to which she
+pointed; and the sun seemed to shine around them, and the shade
+looked cool and tempting under them, and the pleasant breeze
+rustled amongst their fresh leaves; and he thought the road upon
+which he was travelling was hotter and darker, and more tiring
+than ever; and he put up his hand to his burning brow, and she
+said to him, as he lingered, &ldquo;come.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now, the
+trees to which she pointed him lay off his road, or he would
+gladly have rested under them; and whilst he doubted what to do,
+he looked down to the book that was open in his hand; <!-- page
+49--><a name="page49"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 49</span>and
+the light shot out upon it bright and clear, and the words which
+he read were these, &ldquo;None that go unto her return again,
+neither take they hold of the paths of life.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation49a"></a><a href="#footnote49a"
+class="citation">[49a]</a>&nbsp; And as he read it, he looked
+again at the stranger; and now he could see more clearly through
+the wild light which played around her, and he knew that it was
+the evil enemy who stood before him; the sparkling cup, too, and
+the fruit, turned into bitter ashes; and the pleasant shady grass
+became a thorny and a troublesome brake: so, pushing by her with
+the help of his staff, he began to mend his pace; and looking
+down into the book of light, there shone out, as in letters of
+fire, &ldquo;Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? by
+taking heed thereto according to Thy word.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation49b"></a><a href="#footnote49b"
+class="citation">[49b]</a></p>
+<p>Then I saw that he was feeding his lamp, which had begun to
+grow dim as <!-- page 50--><a name="page50"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 50</span>he parleyed with the tempter, and
+that he ceased not till it streamed out as bright and as clear as
+ever.</p>
+<p>But still the air was hot and sultry, and no cool breath blew
+upon him; and if he looked off for a moment from his book, the
+fair form of the tempter stood again beside him in silver light;
+the cold water sparkled close to his lips; and trees with shady
+boughs waving backward and forward over fresh green grass, and
+full, in every spray, of singing-birds, seemed to spring up
+around him.&nbsp; For a little moment his step faltered; but as
+his lamp streamed out its light, all the vain shadows passed
+away: and I heard him say, as he struck his staff upon the
+ground, &ldquo;I have made a covenant with my eyes;&rdquo; and
+even as she heard it, the tempter passed away, and left him to
+himself.&nbsp; Scarcely was she gone, before he passed by the
+door of a beautiful arbour.&nbsp; It was strewn with the softest
+moss; roses <!-- page 51--><a name="page51"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 51</span>and honeysuckle hung down over its
+porch; light, as from a living diamond, gleamed from its roof;
+and in the midst of its floor, a clear, cool, sparkling stream of
+the purest water bubbled ever up from the deep fountain below
+it.&nbsp; Now, as this lay on the road, Gottlieb halted for a
+moment to look at it; and the light of his lamp waxed not dim,
+though he thus stayed to see it; the book of fire, too, spoke to
+him of rest, and of halting by &ldquo;palm-trees and wells of
+water;&rdquo; and as he looked, he read in letters of light over
+the door-way&mdash;</p>
+<blockquote><p>Faithful pilgrim, banish fear,<br />
+Thou mayst enter safely here:<br />
+Rest for thee thy Lord did win;<br />
+Faithful pilgrim, enter in.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Then Gottlieb rejoiced greatly, and cast himself gladly upon
+the mossy floor, and bent down his parched lips to drink of the
+cool spring which bubbled up before him.</p>
+<p><!-- page 52--><a name="page52"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+52</span>Now, whilst he was resting safely here, I turned to see
+how it fared with the others who had set out with him from the
+porch, for they had not got as far as Gottlieb.</p>
+<p>The first of them was Irrgeist; and when I looked upon him, he
+was drawing near to the place where Gottlieb had fallen in with
+the tempter.&nbsp; Irrgeist was walking quickly on&mdash;so
+quickly that, at the first glance, I thought he would soon be by
+the side of Gottlieb.&nbsp; But, upon looking more closely, I saw
+that Gottlieb&rsquo;s steps had been far more steady and even
+than those with which Irrgeist was pressing on; for
+Irrgeist&rsquo;s lamp burned but dimly, and gave him no sure
+light to walk in.&nbsp; Very near to the place where Gottlieb had
+met with her, the tempter stood beside Irrgeist.&nbsp; He was not
+looking at his book, as the other had been; and he did not wait
+to be spoken to; for as soon as he saw the light which played
+round her figure, he began <!-- page 53--><a
+name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 53</span>to speak to
+her, and asked who she was.&nbsp; She told him that her name was
+&ldquo;Pleasure;&rdquo; and forthwith she shewed to him her
+crystal cup and fruits; and she brought before the charmed eyes
+of the wanderer all the gay show with which she had tried before
+to mislead the faithful Gottlieb.&nbsp; There was the bright
+sunshine, and the green path, and the waving trees, and the
+rustling of the wind, and the song of birds, and the sweet
+resting-shade.&nbsp; Irrgeist looked eagerly at all she shewed
+him, and in his haste to reach out his hand for the cup, he
+dropped altogether the trusty staff of
+&ldquo;Church-truth.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then the cup seemed to draw
+away from him, just as it had done from Gottlieb; but he followed
+thoughtlessly after it.&nbsp; And soon I saw that he left the
+path upon which he had been set; and though he started suddenly
+as soon as he was off it, yet it was but a moment&rsquo;s
+start,&mdash;the cup was close before him, the shadowy form led
+him on, the <!-- page 54--><a name="page54"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 54</span>grass was green, and the trees and
+the sunlight but a little farther.</p>
+<p>And now I saw him drink some of the enchanted water; and as he
+drank it, his look grew wild, and his cheek burnt like the cheek
+of one in a fever; and he walked after the deceitful figure with
+a quicker step than ever: but I saw that his lamp was almost out,
+that the book of living light had fallen from his hands, and the
+golden vial hung down, ready, as it seemed, to fall from him
+altogether.</p>
+<p>Still he walked on; and a strange flitting light, from the
+form which was before him, lightened the darkness of the valley,
+so that he could pass on quickly; the meadow, also, was smooth
+and even, and there was a rustling breeze, which played around
+him: so that he got on faster than he had ever done upon the
+narrow path, and thought that he was getting well on to his
+journey&rsquo;s end.&nbsp; Many times did he put forth his hand
+for the <!-- page 55--><a name="page55"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 55</span>sparkling cup, and drank of it again
+and again.</p>
+<p>But now I saw, as I thought, a strange change which was coming
+over him; for he drank oftener of the bowl, but appeared each
+time to find it less refreshing.&nbsp; Sometimes it seemed almost
+bitter, and yet he could not but take it the very moment he had
+thrust it from him.&nbsp; The shadowy form, also, before him
+seemed altogether altering; he looked again, and her beautiful
+features and pleasant countenance had changed into a sharp,
+stern, and reproachful frown.&nbsp; His own voice, which had been
+heretofore almost like one singing, grew sad and angry.&nbsp; The
+very figure of his guide seemed vanishing from his eyes; the
+light which floated round her grew wilder and more uncertain, and
+his own lamp was almost out.&nbsp; He felt puzzled and
+bewildered, and hardly knew which way to go: he had got into a
+broad beaten path, and he found that many <!-- page 56--><a
+name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 56</span>besides
+himself were going here and there along it.&nbsp; Sometimes they
+sang; and, in very bitterness of heart, he tried to sing too,
+that he might not think: but every now and then, when a flashing
+light came, and he saw the look of the travellers amongst whom he
+was, it made his very heart shiver&mdash;they looked so sad and
+so wretched.&nbsp; Now, none went straight on: some turned into
+this path, some into that; and then he soon lost sight of them
+altogether.&nbsp; Sometimes he heard fearful cries, as if wild
+beasts had seized them; sometimes a dreadful burst of flame from
+the horrid pits which I had seen, made him fear that they had
+fallen over into them: for poor Irrgeist had got now into the
+midst of the deep pits and the ravenous beasts.&nbsp; And soon he
+found how terrible was his danger.&nbsp; He had been following
+one who had made him believe that he had light to guide his
+steps; he had gone with him out of the beaten path; and they were
+<!-- page 57--><a name="page57"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+57</span>pressing on together, when Irrgeist suddenly lost sight
+of him in the darkness; and whether it was that he had fallen
+into a pit, or become the prey of some evil beast, Irrgeist knew
+not; only, he found that he was more alone than ever, and near to
+some great peril.&nbsp; Poor Irrgeist sprang aside with all his
+force, thinking only of the danger which he feared; but, feeling
+his feet slipping under him, he turned, and saw that he had got
+upon the treacherous brink of a fearful pit; down which, at the
+very moment, another pilgrim fell.&nbsp; The fierce red flames
+rose out of it with a roar like thunder, and a blaze like the
+mouth of a furnace; and the wind blew the flames into the face of
+Irrgeist, so that he was singed and almost blinded.&nbsp; Then
+the poor boy called in the bitterness of his heart upon Pleasure,
+who had led him out of the way, and now had forsaken him; but she
+came no more&mdash;only terrible thoughts troubled him; and <!--
+page 58--><a name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+58</span>he heard the hissing of serpents as they slid along in
+the bushes near him, and all evil noises sounded in his ears,
+till he scarcely knew where he was standing.&nbsp; Then he
+thought of his staff, which he had dropped when Pleasure had
+first tempted him, and he grieved that it was gone; and he felt
+in the folds of his mantle, hoping that he might still have the
+book of light within it; for he had too often thrust it there at
+the beginning of his journey; but he could not find it.&nbsp;
+Then he strove to get some light from his little lamp; for, hurt
+as it was, he had it still in his hand, and he thought there was
+just a little blue light playing most faintly within it; but this
+was not enough to direct him on his way, rather did it make his
+way more dark.&nbsp; Then at last he bethought him of the golden
+vial.&nbsp; Few were there of those near him but had lost theirs
+altogether, and his hung only by a single thread.&nbsp; But it
+was not gone; and <!-- page 59--><a name="page59"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 59</span>when he had striven long, he just
+drew from it a single drop of oil, and he trimmed his lamp, and
+it yielded forth a little trembling light, just enough to shew
+that it was not altogether dead.&nbsp; With the help of this
+light he saw that when he had dropped his book of fire, one
+single leaf had been torn from it, and stuck to his mantle; so he
+seized it eagerly, and strove to draw light from it; but all that
+it would yield was red and angry-looking light, and all that he
+could read was, &ldquo;the way of transgressors is
+hard.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Poor Irrgeist! he sat down almost in despair, and wept as if
+his heart would break.&nbsp; &ldquo;O, that I had never trusted
+Pleasure;&rdquo; &ldquo;O, that I had never left the path;&rdquo;
+&ldquo;O, that I had my book of light, and my lamp&rsquo;s former
+brightness, and my goodly stick;&rdquo; &ldquo;O, that one would
+lighten my darkness.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then did it seem to me as if in the murmur of the air around
+him two voices were speaking to the boy.&nbsp; One was like <!--
+page 60--><a name="page60"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+60</span>the gentle voice of the man whom I had seen at the porch
+of the valley; and it seemed to whisper, &ldquo;return,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;return;&rdquo; &ldquo;mercy,&rdquo; and
+&ldquo;forgiveness.&rdquo;&nbsp; And as he listened, something
+like hope mixed with the bitter tears which ran down the face of
+the wanderer.&nbsp; But then would sound the other voice, harsh,
+and loud, and threatening; and it said, &ldquo;too late,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;too late,&rdquo; &ldquo;despair,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;despair.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>So the poor boy was sadly torn and scattered in his thoughts
+by these two different voices; but methought, as he guarded his
+golden vial, and strove to trim his dying lamp, that the gentle
+voice became more constant, and the voice of terror more dull and
+distant.</p>
+<p>Then, as I was watching him, all at once the boy sprang up,
+and he seemed to see a light before him, so straight on did he
+walk: many crossed his path and jostled against him, but he cared
+not; he heard the sweet voice plainer and plainer, like the soft
+murmuring of the cushat <!-- page 61--><a name="page61"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 61</span>dove in the early summer, and he
+would follow where it led.&nbsp; Hitherto his pathway had been
+smooth, and he had hastened along it; but this did not last, for
+now it narrowed almost to a line, and ran straight between two
+horrible pitfalls; so he paused for a moment; but the roaring of
+a lion was behind him, and forward he pressed.&nbsp; It was a
+sore passage for Irrgeist, for the whole ground was strewed with
+thorns, which pierced his feet at every step, and the sparks from
+the fire-pits flew ever round him, and now and then fell in
+showers over him.&nbsp; Neither did he hear now the pleasant
+sound of the voice of kindness; whether it were that it had died
+away, he knew not, or whether it were that the crackling and
+roaring of the fierce flames, and the voice of the beasts behind,
+and his own groans and crying, drowned its soft music, so that he
+heard it not.</p>
+<p>I had looked at him until I could bear <!-- page 62--><a
+name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 62</span>it no more;
+for the path seemed to grow narrower and narrower; the flames
+from the two pits already almost touched; and I could not endure
+to see, as I feared I should, the little one, whom I had watched,
+become the prey of their devouring fierceness.&nbsp; So, with a
+bitter groan for Irrgeist, I turned me back to the road to see
+how it fared with Furchtsam and Gehulf&egrave;.</p>
+<p>They had fallen far behind the others from the first.&nbsp;
+Poor little Furchtsam had a trembling tottering gait; and as he
+walked, he looked on this side and on that, as if every step was
+dangerous.&nbsp; This led him often to look off his book of
+light, and then it would shut up its leaves, and then his little
+lamp grew dimmer and dimmer, and his feet stumbled, and he
+trembled so, that he almost dropped his staff out of his
+hands.&nbsp; Yet still he kept the right path, only he got along
+it very slowly and with pain.</p>
+<p>Whether it was that Gehulf&egrave; was too <!-- page 63--><a
+name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 63</span>tender
+spirited to leave him, or why else, I know not, but he kept close
+by the little trembler, and seemed ever waiting to help
+him.&nbsp; Many a time did he catch him by the hand when he was
+ready to fall, and speak to him a word of comfort, when without
+it he would have sunk down through fear.&nbsp; So they got on
+together, and now they came to the part of the pathway which the
+evil enchantress haunted.&nbsp; She used all her skill upon them,
+and brought up before their eyes all the visions she could raise;
+sunshine, and singing-birds, and waving boughs, and green grass,
+and sparkling water, they all passed before their eyes,&mdash;but
+they heeded them not: once, indeed, poor Furchtsam for a moment
+looked with a longing eye at the painted sunshine, as if its warm
+light would have driven off some of his fears; but it was but for
+a moment.&nbsp; And as for Gehulf&egrave;, whether it was that he
+was reading his book of light too closely, or trimming <!-- page
+64--><a name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 64</span>too
+carefully his lamp, or helping too constantly his trembling
+friend, for some cause or other he scarcely seemed to see the
+visions which the sorceress had spread around him.&nbsp; So when
+she had tried all her skill for a season, and found it in vain,
+she vanished altogether from them, and they saw her no
+more.&nbsp; But their dangers were not over yet.&nbsp; When
+Gottlieb passed along this road, he had gone on so boldly, that I
+had not noticed how fearful it was in parts to any giddy head or
+fainting heart.&nbsp; But now I saw well how it terrified
+Furchtsam.&nbsp; For here it seemed to rise straight up to a
+dangerous height, and to become so narrow at the same time, and
+to be so bare of any side-wall or parapet, that it was indeed a
+giddy thing to pass along it.&nbsp; Yet when one walked over it,
+as Gottlieb did, leaning on his staff of Church-truth, reading
+diligently in his book, and trimming ever and anon his lamp, such
+a light fell upon <!-- page 65--><a name="page65"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 65</span>the narrow path, and the darkness so
+veiled the precipice, that the pilgrim did not know that there
+was any thing to fear.&nbsp; But not so when you stopped to
+look&mdash;then it became terrible indeed; you soon lost all
+sight of the path before you; for the brightest lamp only lighted
+the road just by your feet, and that seemed rising almost to an
+edge, whilst the flash of distant lights here and there shewed
+that a fearful precipice was on each side.</p>
+<p>Furchtsam trembled exceedingly when he looked at it; and even
+Gehulf&egrave;, when, instead of marching on, he stopped to talk
+about it, began to be troubled with fears.&nbsp; Now, as they
+looked here and there, Furchtsam saw an easy safe-looking path,
+which promised to lead them in the same direction, but along the
+bottom of the cliffs.&nbsp; Right glad was he to see it; and so
+taking the lead for once, he let fall his staff, that by catching
+hold of the bushes on the bank, he might drop down <!-- page
+66--><a name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 66</span>more
+easily upon the lower path; and there he got with very little
+trouble.</p>
+<p>It was all done in a moment; and when he was out of the path,
+Gehulf&egrave; turned round and saw where he was gone.&nbsp; Then
+he tried to follow after him; but he could not draw his staff
+with him through the gap, or climb down the bank without letting
+it go.&nbsp; And, happily for him, he held it so firmly, that
+after one or two trials he stopped.&nbsp; Then, indeed, was he
+glad, as soon as he had time to think; and he held his good stick
+firmer in his hand than ever, for now he saw plainly that
+Furchtsam was quite out of the road, and that he had himself
+well-nigh followed him.&nbsp; So leaning over the side, he began
+to call to his poor timid companion, and encourage him to mount
+up again, by the bank which he had slipped down, and venture
+along the right way with him.&nbsp; At first Furchtsam shook his
+head mournfully, and would not hear of it.&nbsp; But when <!--
+page 67--><a name="page67"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+67</span>Gehulf&egrave; reminded him that they had a true promise
+from the King, that nothing should harm them whilst they kept to
+the high way of holiness, and that the way upon which he had now
+entered was full of pitfalls, and wild beasts, and every sort of
+danger, and that in it he must be alone,&mdash;then his reason
+began to come back to him, and Furchtsam saw into what an evil
+state he had brought himself; and with all his heart he wished
+himself back again by the side of Gehulf&egrave;.&nbsp; But it
+was no such easy matter to get back.&nbsp; His lamp was so
+bruised and shaken as he slid down, that it threw scarcely any
+light at all; while it had never seemed, he thought, so dark as
+it did now: he could not see the bushes to which he had clung
+just before, or the half path which had brought him down.&nbsp;
+Gehulf&egrave;&rsquo;s voice from above was some guide to him,
+and shewed him in which direction to turn; but when he tried to
+<!-- page 68--><a name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+68</span>mount the bank, it was so steep and so slippery, he
+could scarcely cling to it; and he had no staff to lean upon, and
+no friendly hand to help him.&nbsp; Surely if it had not been for
+the kind encouraging voice of Gehulf&egrave;, the weak and
+trembling heart of Furchtsam would have failed utterly, and he
+would have given up altogether.</p>
+<p>Now, just at this time, whilst he was reaching out to
+Furchtsam, and urging him to strive more earnestly, he heard a
+noise as of one running upon the path behind him; and he looked
+round and saw one of the King&rsquo;s own messengers coming fast
+upon it: so when he came up to Gehulf&egrave;, he stopped and
+asked him what made him tarry thus upon the King&rsquo;s
+path.&nbsp; Then Gehulf&egrave; answered very humbly, that he was
+striving to help back poor Furchtsam into the right way, from
+which he had been driven by his fears.&nbsp; Then the messenger
+of the King looked <!-- page 69--><a name="page69"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 69</span>upon him kindly, and bid him
+&ldquo;fear not.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Rightly,&rdquo; he said,
+&ldquo;art thou named Gehulf&egrave;, for thou hast been ready to
+help the weak; and the Lord, who has bidden his children
+&lsquo;to bear one another&rsquo;s burdens,&rsquo; has watched
+thee all alone thy way, and looked upon thee with an eye of love;
+and forasmuch as thou seemest to have been hindered in thy own
+course by helping thy brother, the King has sent me to carry thee
+on up this steep place, and over this dangerous
+road.&rdquo;&nbsp; With that, I saw that he lifted up the boy,
+and was about to fly with him through the air.&nbsp; Then, seeing
+that he cast a longing look towards the steep bank, down which
+Furchtsam had slipped, and that the sound of his sad voice was
+still ringing in his ear; the King&rsquo;s messenger said to him,
+&ldquo;&lsquo;Cast thy burden upon the Lord.&rsquo;&nbsp;
+&lsquo;The Lord careth for thee.&rsquo;&nbsp; &lsquo;For the very
+hairs of your head are numbered,&rsquo; and &lsquo;the Lord is
+full of <!-- page 70--><a name="page70"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 70</span>compassion, pitiful, and of great
+mercy.&rsquo;&rdquo;&nbsp; So the heart of Gehulf&egrave; was
+soothed, and with a happy mind he gave himself to the messenger,
+and he bore him speedily along the dangerous path, as if his feet
+never touched the ground, but refreshing airs breathed upon his
+forehead as he swept along, and silver voices chanted holy words
+to his glad heart.&nbsp; &ldquo;He shall gather the lambs in his
+arms,&rdquo; said one; and another and a sweeter took up the
+strain and sang, &ldquo;and he shall carry them in his
+bosom.&rdquo;&nbsp; And so he passed along the way swiftly and
+most happily.</p>
+<p>Then I saw that he bore him to the mouth of the arbour into
+which Gottlieb had turned to rest.&nbsp; And now as he came up to
+it, Gottlieb was just coming forth again to renew his
+journey.&nbsp; Right glad was Gottlieb of the company of such a
+comrade; so they joined their hands together, and walked along
+the road speaking to one another of the kindness of the <!-- page
+71--><a name="page71"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 71</span>King,
+and telling one to the other all that had befallen them
+hitherto.&nbsp; A pleasant thing it was to see them marching
+along that road, their good staffs in their hands, their lamps
+burning brightly, and their books sending forth streams of light,
+to shew them the way that they should go.&nbsp; But now I saw
+they got into a part of the road which was rough and full of
+stones; and unless they kept the lights they bore with them ever
+turned towards the road, and looked, too, most carefully to their
+footing, they were in constant danger of falling.&nbsp; The air,
+also, seemed to have some power here of sending them to sleep,
+for I saw that Gottlieb&rsquo;s steps were not as steady and
+active as they had been; and he looked often from this side to
+that, to see if there were any other resting-place provided for
+him; but none could he see: and then methought, as he walked on,
+his eyes would close as he bent them down over his book, like one
+falling asleep from exceeding weariness.</p>
+<p><!-- page 72--><a name="page72"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+72</span>Gehulf&egrave; saw the danger of his friend; and though
+he felt the air heavy, his fear for Gottlieb kept him wide
+awake.&nbsp; &ldquo;What are those words,&rdquo; he asked his
+drowsy friend, &ldquo;which burn so brightly in your
+book?&rdquo;&nbsp; When he heard the voice, Gottlieb roused
+himself, and read; and it was written, &ldquo;Watch and pray,
+lest ye enter into temptation; the spirit truly is willing, but
+the flesh is weak.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then, for a little while,
+Gottlieb was warned, and he walked like one awake; but, after a
+time, such power had this sleepy air, he was again almost as
+drowsy as ever, and his eyes were nearly closed.&nbsp; Then,
+before Gehulf&egrave; could give him a second warning, he placed
+his foot in a hole, which he would have easily passed by, if he
+had been watching; and, falling suddenly down, he would have
+rolled quite out of the road (for it was raised here with a steep
+bank on either side), if Gehulf&egrave; had not been nigh to
+catch him again by the hand, and keep him in the path.&nbsp; He
+<!-- page 73--><a name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+73</span>was sorely bruised and shaken by the fall, and his lamp,
+too, was dusted and hurt; so that he could not, at first, press
+on the way as he wished to do.&nbsp; But now his drowsiness was
+gone; and, with many bitter tears, he lamented that he had given
+way to it before.&nbsp; One strange thing I noted, too: he had
+dropped his staff in his fall, and he could not rise till he had
+taken it again in his hand; but now, when he tried to take it, it
+pricked and hurt his hand, as if it had been rough and sharp with
+thorns.&nbsp; Then I looked at it, and saw that one of the stems
+which were twined together, and which bore the name of
+&ldquo;discipline,&rdquo; was very rough and thorny; and this,
+which had turned inwardly before, was now, by his fall, forced to
+the outside of the staff, so that he must hold that or
+none.&nbsp; Now I heard the boy groan as he laid hold of it; but
+lay hold of it he did, and that boldly, for he could not rise or
+travel without it, and to rise <!-- page 74--><a
+name="page74"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 74</span>and travel he
+was determined.&nbsp; Then he looked into his book of light, and
+he read out of it these words, &ldquo;Make the bones which Thou
+hast broken to rejoice.&rdquo;&nbsp; And as he read them, he
+gathered courage, and made a great effort, and stood upon his
+feet, and pressed on beside Gehulf&egrave;.</p>
+<p>Then I saw that the road changed again, and became smoother
+than they had ever known it.&nbsp; Gottlieb&rsquo;s staff, too,
+was now smooth and easy in his hand, as it had been at
+first.&nbsp; Soon also a pleasant air sprung up, and blew softly
+and yet cool upon their foreheads.&nbsp; And now they heard the
+song of birds, as if the sunshine was very near them, though they
+saw it not yet.&nbsp; There were, too, every now and then, sounds
+sweeter than the songs of birds, as if blessed angels were near
+them, and they were let to hear their heavenly voices.&nbsp; A
+little further, and the day began to dawn upon them&mdash;bright
+light shone out some way before them, and its glad <!-- page
+75--><a name="page75"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+75</span>reflection was already cast upon their path.&nbsp; But
+still there was one more trial before them; for when they had
+enjoyed this light for a season, and I thought they must be close
+upon the sunshine, I saw that they had got into greater darkness
+than ever.&nbsp; Here, also, they lost sight of one another; for
+it was a part of the King&rsquo;s appointment, that each one must
+pass that dark part alone&mdash;it was called &ldquo;the shadow
+of death.&rdquo;&nbsp; Gehulf&egrave;, I saw, walked through it
+easily; his feet were nimble and active, his lamp was bright, his
+golden vial ever in his hand, his staff firm to lean upon, and
+the book of light close before his eyes: he was still reading it
+aloud, and I heard him speak of his King as giving &ldquo;songs
+in the night,&rdquo;&mdash;and so, with a glad heart, he passed
+through the darkness.&nbsp; The brightest sunshine lay close upon
+the other side of it; and there he was waited for by messengers
+in robes of light, and they <!-- page 76--><a
+name="page76"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 76</span>clad him in
+the same, and carried him with songs and music into the presence
+of the King.</p>
+<p>But Gottlieb did not pass through so easily.&nbsp; It seemed
+as if that darkness had power to bring out any weakness with
+which past accidents had at the time affected the pilgrim: for so
+it was, that when Gottlieb was in it, he felt all the stunning of
+his fall come back again upon him, and, for a moment, he seemed
+well-nigh lost.&nbsp; But his heart was sound, and there was One
+who was faithful holding him up: so he grasped his good staff
+tighter than ever, though its roughness had come out again and
+sorely pricked his hand; but this seemed only to quicken his
+steps; and when he had gone on a little while thus firmly, as he
+looked into his book he saw written on its open page, &ldquo;I
+will make darkness light before thee.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation76"></a><a href="#footnote76"
+class="citation">[76]</a>&nbsp; And as he read them, the words
+seemed to be <!-- page 77--><a name="page77"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 77</span>fulfilled, for he stepped joyfully
+out of the darkness into the clear sunlight.&nbsp; And for him
+too the messengers were waiting; for him too were garments ready
+woven of the light; around him were songs, and music, and
+rejoicing; and so they bare him into the presence of the
+King.</p>
+<p>Now, when I had seen these two pass so happily through their
+journey into rest, I thought again of the poor trembling
+Furchtsam, and longed to know that he had got again into the
+road.&nbsp; But upon looking back to where I had lost sight of
+him, I saw that he was still lying at the foot of the steep bank,
+down whose side he had stepped so easily.&nbsp; He had toiled and
+laboured, and striven to climb up, but it had been all in
+vain.&nbsp; Still he would not cease his labour; and now he was
+but waiting to recover his breath to begin to strive again.&nbsp;
+He was, too, continually calling on the King for aid.&nbsp; Then
+I saw a figure approaching him in the midst of <!-- page 78--><a
+name="page78"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 78</span>his
+cries.&nbsp; And poor Furchtsam trembled exceedingly, for he was
+of a very timorous heart, and he scarcely dared to look up to him
+who stood by him.&nbsp; After a while I heard the man speak to
+him, and he asked him in a grave, pitying voice, &ldquo;What
+doest thou here?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then the poor boy sobbed out in
+broken words the confession of his folly, and told how he had
+feared and left the road, and how he had laboured to get back
+into it, and how he almost thought that he should never reach
+it.&nbsp; Then I saw the man look down upon him with a face of
+tenderness and love; and he stretched forth his hand towards him;
+and Furchtsam saw that it was the hand which had been pierced for
+him: so he raised the boy up, and set him on his feet; and he led
+him straight up the steepest bank.&nbsp; And now it seemed easy
+to his steps; and he put him back again in the road, and gave the
+staff into his hand, and bid him &ldquo;redeem the time, because
+<!-- page 79--><a name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+79</span>the days are evil;&rdquo; and then he added,
+&ldquo;Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble
+knees.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Say to them that are of a fearful
+heart, &lsquo;be strong:&rsquo; &lsquo;fear not.&rsquo;&rdquo; <a
+name="citation79a"></a><a href="#footnote79a"
+class="citation">[79a]</a>&nbsp; Such strength had his touch, his
+words, and his kind look, given to the heart of the timid boy,
+that he seized the staff, though its most prickly
+&ldquo;discipline&rdquo; sorely hurt his tender flesh; and
+leaning on it, he set bravely out without a moment&rsquo;s
+delay.&nbsp; And I heard him reading in his book of light as he
+climbed up the steep path which had affrighted him; and what he
+read was this: &ldquo;Before I was afflicted, I went astray; but
+now have I kept Thy word.&rdquo; <a name="citation79b"></a><a
+href="#footnote79b" class="citation">[79b]</a></p>
+<p>When he had almost reached the arbour, another danger awaited
+him; for in the dim light round him he saw, as he thought, the
+form of an evil beast lying in the pathway before him.&nbsp; Then
+did some of his old terrors begin to trouble him; and he <!--
+page 80--><a name="page80"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+80</span>had turned aside, perhaps, out of the way, but that the
+wholesome roughness of his staff still pricked his hand and
+forced him to recall his former fall.&nbsp; Instead, therefore,
+of turning aside, he looked into his book of light, and there he
+read in fiery letters, &ldquo;Thou shalt go upon the lion and the
+adder; the young lion and the dragon shalt thou tread under thy
+feet:&rdquo; and this gave him comfort.&nbsp; So, on he went,
+determining still to read in his book, and not to look at all at
+that which affrighted him: and so it was, that when he came to
+the place, he saw that it was only a bush, which his fears had
+turned into the figure of a beast of prey; and at the same moment
+he found where it was written in his book, &ldquo;No lion shall
+be there, nor any ravenous beast shall go up thereon, it shall
+not be found there; but the redeemed shall walk there.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation80"></a><a href="#footnote80"
+class="citation">[80]</a></p>
+<p>And now he stood beside the arbour, <!-- page 81--><a
+name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 81</span>where he
+rested a while, and then pursued his journey.&nbsp; Now I
+noticed, that as he got further on the road, and read more in his
+book, and leant upon his staff, that he grew bolder and firmer in
+his gait: and I thought that I could see why Gehulf&egrave;, who
+had been needful to him in his first weakness, had afterwards
+been carried away from him: for surely he had leant more upon
+him, and less upon his book and his good staff, unless he had
+walked there alone.</p>
+<p>However this might be, he grew continually bolder.&nbsp; As he
+drew near the last sad darkness, I began again to tremble for
+him; but I need not have done so; for he walked on so straight
+through it, that it seemed scarcely to make any difference to him
+at all.&nbsp; In the best part of the road his feebleness had
+taught him to lean altogether upon Him who had so mercifully
+helped him on the bank, and who had held up his fainting steps
+hitherto; <!-- page 82--><a name="page82"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 82</span>and this strength could hold him up
+as well even in this extreme darkness.&nbsp; I heard him, as he
+parsed along, say, &ldquo;When I am weak, then am I
+strong;&rdquo; and with that he broke out into singing:</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Through death&rsquo;s dark valley without
+fear<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp; My feeble steps have trod,<br />
+Because I know my God is near;<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp; I feel His staff and rod.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>With that he too passed out of the shade and darkness into the
+joyful sunshine.&nbsp; And oh, it was indeed a happy time!&nbsp;
+It made my heart bound when I saw his face, which had so often
+turned pale and drooped with terror, now lighted up with the glow
+of the heavenly light; when, instead of the evil things which his
+fears had summoned up, I saw around him the bands of holy ones,
+and the children of the day: and so they passed along.&nbsp; And
+soon, I thought, he would see again the hand which had been
+stretched out to save him on the bank, and hear the kind <!--
+page 83--><a name="page83"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+83</span>and merciful voice which had soothed his terror and
+despair, and live in the present sunshine of that gracious
+countenance.</p>
+<p>And now methought I heard an earnest and sorrowful voice, as
+of one crying aloud for help; so I turned me round to see where
+he was that uttered it, and by the side of the King&rsquo;s path
+I could see one striving to mount the bank, and slipping back
+again as often as he tried.&nbsp; He was trying in right earnest:
+his cries were piteous to hear, and he laboured as if he would
+carry his point by storm.&nbsp; But it was all in vain; the more
+he struggled, the worse his case grew; for the bank, and all the
+path up to it, got so quagged and miry with his eager striving,
+that he seemed farther and farther from getting safely up.&nbsp;
+At last, as he was once more struggling violently up, his feet
+quite slipped from under him, and he fell upon his side: and so
+he lay sobbing and struggling for <!-- page 84--><a
+name="page84"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 84</span>breath, but
+still crying out to the King, who had helped him before, and
+delivered him from the flames of the pit, to help him once more,
+and lift him again into the right way.&nbsp; My heart pitied the
+poor boy, and I looked more closely into his face, and saw that
+it was Irrgeist&mdash;not Irrgeist as he had been when he had
+walked at first with Gottlieb along the road, or as he had been
+when he had first followed the deceitful phantom
+&ldquo;Pleasure&rdquo; out of it,&mdash;but Irrgeist still,
+though brought by his wanderings and his trouble to paleness, and
+weariness, and sorrow.&nbsp; Now, whilst I was looking at him, as
+he lay in this misery, and longing for some helper to come to
+him, lo, his cries stopped for a moment, and I saw that it was
+because One stood by him and spoke to him.&nbsp; Then I could see
+under the mantle, which almost hid Him, that it was the same form
+which had visited Furchtsam, and delivered him when he had
+cried.&nbsp; Now, too, I saw <!-- page 85--><a
+name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 85</span>the hand held
+out, and I saw Irrgeist seize it; and it raised him up, and he
+stood upon his feet: and the staff was given to
+him,&mdash;exceeding rough, but needful and trusty; and his lamp
+shone out, and the book of light was his; and his feet were again
+in the road.</p>
+<p>But I marked well that Irrgeist trod it not as the others had
+done.&nbsp; Truly did he go along it weeping.&nbsp; Whether it
+was that the thought of what he had gone through amongst the
+pitfalls dwelt ever on his mind; or whether it were shame of
+having wandered, I know not,&mdash;but his road seemed evermore
+one of toil and sorrow.&nbsp; Still, in the midst of tears, a
+song was often put into his mouth, and his tongue was ever
+speaking of the great kindness of Him who had restored the
+wanderer: his head, too, was so bowed down, that he marked every
+stone upon the road, and therefore never stumbled; but still his
+speed was little, and his troubles <!-- page 86--><a
+name="page86"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 86</span>were
+many.&nbsp; When he got to the dark part, he had a sore trial:
+his feet seemed too weak and trembling to bear him; and more than
+once I heard him cry out, as if he thought that he were again
+between the pitfalls, and the fire were ready to break out upon
+him.&nbsp; But then did it seem as if there were some sweet hopes
+given him, and his face brightened up; and in a faint, feeble
+voice, he would break out again into his song and
+thanksgiving.&nbsp; As he drew towards the end, things somewhat
+mended with him; and when he was just upon the sunlight, and
+began to see its brightness through the haze, and to hear the
+voices of the heavenly ones, methought his heart would have
+burst, so did it beat with joy: and withal he smote upon his
+breast, and said,&mdash;&ldquo;And this for me!&nbsp; And this
+for the wanderer!&nbsp; O mercy, choicest mercy!&nbsp; Who is a
+God like unto Thee, that pardonest iniquity?&rdquo;&nbsp; And so
+saying, he <!-- page 87--><a name="page87"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 87</span>entered on the heavenly light, and
+left for ever behind him the darkness and the danger of the
+pitfalls, and the face of shame, and the besetting weakness; for
+he too was clothed in raiment of light, and borne with joy before
+the Lord the King.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Father</i>.&nbsp; Who were those who were walking in the
+beautiful garden as its lords?</p>
+<p><i>Child</i>.&nbsp; Man in Paradise before the fall.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the dreadful change that came upon them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Their fall into sin and misery.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the second estate seen in the vision?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Their fallen children in this sinful world, without
+the knowledge of God; wandering in the darkness of heathenism
+amongst the pitfalls of error.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the porch which let them into a better
+way?</p>
+<p><!-- page 88--><a name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+88</span>C.&nbsp; The entrance into the Church of the redeemed by
+baptism.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What does our Catechism say about this?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; That it is our being &ldquo;called to a state of
+salvation.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are the gifts bestowed upon them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; God&rsquo;s word is the book of light; conscience
+enlightened by God is the little lamp of each; the oil in the
+golden vial is the help and teaching of God&rsquo;s grace; and
+the staff is the help and assistance of the Church.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why was it so easy to get out of the path, and so
+hard to get back?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because it is easy to go wrong, and very hard to
+return into the way of righteousness.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What were the baits which the phantom offered to the
+youths?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The pleasures of sin, which are but for a season.</p>
+<p><!-- page 89--><a name="page89"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+89</span>F.&nbsp; Why was the staff rough to those that were
+coming back from wandering?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because the discipline of the Church, which is easy
+to the obedient, is often galling to those who offend.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why was Irrgeist, after he was brought back, still so
+sad a pilgrim?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because, though he was accepted and forgiven, the
+effects of his former sins still weakened and grieved him: as
+says the Lord, by the mouth of the Prophet Ezekiel (chap. xvi.
+ver. 63), &ldquo;That thou mayest remember, and be confounded,
+and never open thy mouth any more because of thy shame, when I am
+pacified toward thee for all that thou hast done, saith the Lord
+God.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><!-- page 90--><a name="page90"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+90</span>The Little Wanderers.</h2>
+<p>In a miserable little hovel, built on the edge of a wide and
+desolate common, lived a poor widow woman, who had two
+sons.&nbsp; The eldest of them was quite young, and the least was
+scarcely more than an infant.&nbsp; They were dressed in torn and
+dirty rags, for the widow had no better clothes to put upon them;
+and often they were very hungry and very cold, for she had not
+food or fire with which to feed and warm them.&nbsp; No one
+taught the biggest boy any thing; and as for the poor mother, she
+did not know a letter.&nbsp; She had no friends; and the only
+playfellows the little ones ever knew were other children as <!--
+page 91--><a name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+91</span>poor, and as dirty, and as untaught as they were
+themselves, from whom they learnt nothing but to say bad words
+and do naughty tricks.&nbsp; Poor children! it was a sad life,
+you would say, which lay before them.</p>
+<p>Just at this time the widow was taken very ill with a
+fever.&nbsp; Long she lay in that desolate hut, groaning and
+suffering, and no one knew how ill she was but the little
+children.&nbsp; They would sit and cry by her miserable bed all
+day, for they were very hungry and very sad.&nbsp; When she had
+lain in this state for more than a week, she grew light-headed,
+and after a while died.&nbsp; The youngest child thought she was
+asleep, and that he could not waken her; but the elder boy rushed
+weeping out of the house, knowing that she was really dead, and
+that they were left alone in the wide world.</p>
+<p>Just at that very moment a man passed by, who looked into the
+pale, thin, hungry <!-- page 92--><a name="page92"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 92</span>face of the sobbing child, with a
+kind, gentle look, and let himself be led into the wretched hut,
+where the poor dead mother lay.&nbsp; His heart bled for the poor
+orphans, for he was one who was full of tenderness: so he spake
+kind words to them; and when his servants came up after a while,
+he gave orders that their dead mother should be buried, and that
+the children should be taken from the miserable hut, to dwell in
+his own beautiful castle.</p>
+<p>To it the children were removed.&nbsp; The servants of the
+Lord of the castle put on them clean fresh clothes&mdash;washed
+their old dirt from them; and as no one knew what were their
+names, they gave them two new names, which shewed they belonged
+to this family; and they were cared for, and given all they
+wanted.</p>
+<p>Happy was now their lot.&nbsp; They had all they wanted: good
+food in plenty, instead of hunger and thirst; clean raiment, <!--
+page 93--><a name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+93</span>instead of rags and nakedness; and kind teachers, who
+instructed them day by day as they were able to bear it.&nbsp;
+There were a multitude of other happy children too in the castle,
+with whom they lived, and learned, and spent their glad
+days.&nbsp; Sometimes they played in the castle, and sometimes
+they ran about in the grounds that were round it, where were all
+sorts of flowers, and beautiful trees full of singing birds, and
+green grass, and painted butterflies; and they were as happy as
+children could be.</p>
+<p>All over these grounds they might play about as they would:
+only on one side of them they were forbidden to go.&nbsp; There
+the garden ended in a wide waste plain, and there seemed to be
+nothing to tempt children to leave the happy garden to walk in
+it, especially as the kind Lord of the castle bid them never set
+foot on it: and yet it was said that some children had wandered
+into it, and that of these, <!-- page 94--><a
+name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 94</span>many had
+never come back again.&nbsp; For in that desert dwelt the enemies
+of the Lord of the castle; and there was nothing they loved
+better than to pounce down upon any children whom he had taken as
+his own, and carry them off, to be their slaves in the midst of
+the waste and dreary sands.</p>
+<p>Many ways too had these enemies by which they enticed children
+to come on the plain; for as long as they stayed within the
+boundary, and played only in the happy garden, the evil one could
+not touch them.&nbsp; Sometimes they would drop gay and shining
+flowers all about the beginning of the waste, hoping that the
+children would come across the border to pick them up: and so it
+was, that if once a child went over, as soon as he had got into
+his hands the flower for which he had gone, it seemed to fade and
+wither away; but just beyond him he thought he saw another,
+brighter and more beautiful; <!-- page 95--><a
+name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 95</span>and so, too,
+often it happened that, throwing down the first, he went on to
+take the second; and then throwing down the second, he went on to
+reach a third; until, suddenly, the enemy dashed upon him, and
+whirled him away with them in a moment.</p>
+<p>Often and often had little K&uuml;hn <a
+name="citation95a"></a><a href="#footnote95a"
+class="citation">[95a]</a>&mdash;for so the eldest boy had been
+named&mdash;looked out over this desert, and longed, as he saw
+the gay flowers dropped here and there, to run over the border
+and pick them up.&nbsp; His little brother, who was now old
+enough to run about with him, would stand and tremble by him as
+he got close to the desert; but little Zart <a
+name="citation95b"></a><a href="#footnote95b"
+class="citation">[95b]</a> would never leave him: and sometimes,
+I am afraid, they would have both been lost, if it had not been
+for a dear little girl, who was almost always with them, and who
+never would go even near to the line.&nbsp; When K&uuml;hn was
+looking into it, as if he longed for <!-- page 96--><a
+name="page96"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 96</span>the painted
+flowers, the gentle Glaube <a name="citation96"></a><a
+href="#footnote96" class="citation">[96]</a> would grow quite
+sad, and bending her dark sorrowful eyes upon him, their long
+lashes would become wet with tears, and she would whisper in a
+voice almost too solemn for a child, &ldquo;O K&uuml;hn,
+remember.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then K&uuml;hn, who could not bear to see
+her sad, would tear himself away; and the flowers seemed directly
+to lose their brightness, and the desert looked dry and hot, and
+the garden cool and delicious, and they played happily together,
+and forgot their sorrow.</p>
+<p>But it was very dangerous for K&uuml;hn to go so near.&nbsp;
+The servants of the Lord of the castle often told the children
+this; and seeing a bold and daring spirit in K&uuml;hn, they had
+spoken to him over and over again.&nbsp; What made it so
+dangerous was this,&mdash;that the flowers of the wilderness
+never looked gay until you got near to its border; afar off it
+seemed dusty, <!-- page 97--><a name="page97"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 97</span>dry, and hot; but the nearer you got
+to it, the brighter shone the flowers; they seemed also to grow
+in number, until you could hardly see its dry hot sands, for the
+flowery carpet that was drawn over them.</p>
+<p>Poor K&uuml;hn! he was often in danger.&nbsp; Never yet had he
+crossed the border; but it is a sad thing to go near temptation;
+and so this unhappy child found to his cost.</p>
+<p>One day he was sauntering close to the forbidden border, when
+the hoop which he was trundling slipped from him and ran into the
+desert.&nbsp; In a moment he was over after it; and just as he
+stooped to pick it up, he saw, right before him, a beautiful and
+sparkling flower.&nbsp; He would certainly have gone after it,
+but that at the instant he caught the eye of Glaube looking sadly
+after him, and it struck upon his heart, and he hastened back,
+and was safe.&nbsp; For a while his legs trembled <!-- page
+98--><a name="page98"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 98</span>under
+him, and Zart looked up quite frightened into his pale face;
+Glaube too could scarcely speak to him; and it was long before
+they were laughing merrily again under the tall palm-trees of the
+garden.&nbsp; But by the next day all K&uuml;hn&rsquo;s fears had
+flown away, and he went with a bolder foot than ever to the very
+edge of the desert.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p98.jpg">
+<img alt="The Little Wanderers" src="images/p98.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<p>Glaube was further off than usual; and just as K&uuml;hn and
+Zart were in this great danger, a beautiful bird started up under
+their feet.&nbsp; The boys had never seen such a bird.&nbsp; All
+the colours of the rainbow shone upon his feathers, and his black
+and scarlet head seemed quite to sparkle in the sunshine.&nbsp;
+It tried to fly; but whether its wing was hurt, or what, I know
+not, but it could not rise, and ran before them flapping its
+painted wings, screaming with a harsh voice, and keeping only
+just before them.&nbsp; The boys were soon in full chase, and
+every thing else <!-- page 99--><a name="page99"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 99</span>was forgotten; when, just as they
+thought the bird was their own, he fluttered across the border,
+and both the boys followed him,&mdash;K&uuml;hn boldly and
+without thought, for he had been across it before; but poor
+little Zart trembled and turned pale, and clung to his bolder
+brother, as if he never would have crossed it alone.</p>
+<p>Once over, however, on they went, and the bird still seemed to
+keep close before them; and they never noticed how far they were
+getting from the garden, until suddenly they heard a dreadful
+noise; the air looked thick before them, as if whole clouds of
+dust were sweeping on; shining spear-heads were all they could
+see in the midst of the dust; and they heard the trampling of a
+multitude of horses.&nbsp; The boys were too much frightened to
+shriek, but they clung to one another, pale and trembling, and
+ready to sink into the earth.&nbsp; In a minute rude hands seized
+them; they heard rough voices round <!-- page 100--><a
+name="page100"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 100</span>them; and
+they could see that they were in the midst of the enemies of the
+Lord of the castle.&nbsp; In another minute they were torn
+asunder, they were snatched up on horseback, and were galloping
+off towards the sad abode in which the evil men of the desert
+dwelt.&nbsp; In vain the boys cried, and begged to be taken home;
+away galloped the horses; whilst no one thought of heeding their
+cries and prayers.&nbsp; They had gone on long in this way, and
+the dark-frowning towers of the desert castle were in
+sight.&nbsp; The little boys looked sadly at one another; for
+here there was no flowering garden, there were no sheltering
+trees, but all looked bare, and dry, and wretched; and they could
+see little narrow windows covered with iron bars, which seemed to
+be dungeon-rooms, where they thought they should be barred in,
+and never more play together amongst the flowers and in the
+sunlight.</p>
+<p><!-- page 101--><a name="page101"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+101</span>Just at this moment the little Zart felt that, by some
+means or other, the strap which bound him to the horse had grown
+loose, and in another moment he had slipped down its side, and
+fallen upon his head on the ground.&nbsp; No one noticed his
+fall; and there he lay upon the sand for a while stunned and
+insensible.&nbsp; When he woke up, the trampling of horses had
+died away in the distance; the light sand of the desert, which
+their feet had stirred, had settled down again like the heavy
+night-dew, so that he could see no trace of their
+footmarks.&nbsp; The frowning castle-walls were out of sight;
+look which way he would, he could see nothing but the hot flat
+sand below, and the hot bright sun in the clear sky above
+him.&nbsp; He called for his brother, but no voice answered him;
+he started up, and began to run he knew not where: but the sun
+beat on his head, the hot sand scorched his weary feet; his
+parched tongue began to <!-- page 102--><a
+name="page102"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 102</span>cleave to
+his mouth; and he sunk down upon the desert again to die.</p>
+<p>As he lay there he thought upon the castle-garden and its kind
+Lord; upon the sorrowful face with which Glaube was used to look
+on them, when he and K&uuml;hn drew near to the forbidden border;
+and his tears broke out afresh when he thought of his brother in
+the enemies&rsquo; dungeon, and himself dying in the desolate
+wilderness.&nbsp; Then he called upon the Lord of the castle, for
+he remembered to have heard how He had pitied wandering children,
+and heard their cry from afar, and had brought them back again to
+His own happy castle.&nbsp; And as he lay upon the sand, crying
+out to the Lord of the castle, he thought that he heard a
+footstep, as of one walking towards him.&nbsp; Then there came a
+shade between the sun and his burning head, and looking languidly
+up he saw the kind face of the Lord of the castle turned towards
+him.&nbsp; He was looking on <!-- page 103--><a
+name="page103"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 103</span>the poor
+child as He had looked on him when He had pitied him by the side
+of the hut; and that kind face seemed to speak comfort.&nbsp;
+Then He stretched out to him His hand, and He bade him rise; and
+He lifted up the child, and bore him in His bosom over that waste
+and scorching wilderness, nor ever set him down until He had
+brought him again into the pleasant garden.&nbsp; Once as he lay
+in that bosom, Zart thought that he heard in the distance the
+tramping of horse-hoofs; and he saw the dusty cloud lifting
+itself up: but he felt that he was safe; and so he was, for the
+enemy did not dare to approach that Mighty One who was bearing
+him.</p>
+<p>When he reached the garden again, the gentle Glaube met him,
+and welcomed him back again to their peaceful home.&nbsp; But he
+hung down his head with shame and with sorrow; and as he looked
+up into the face of the Lord of the garden, he saw <!-- page
+104--><a name="page104"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 104</span>in
+it such kindness and love, that his tears rolled down his cheeks
+to think how he had broken His command, and wandered into the
+wilderness of His enemies.&nbsp; Then he tried to speak for his
+brother, for his heart was sore and heavy with thinking of him;
+but the Lord of the castle answered not.&nbsp; Many, many days
+did Glaube and Zart pray for him; but they heard nothing of him:
+whether he died in the enemies&rsquo; dungeon; or whether, as
+they still dared to hope, he might even yet one day find his way
+back to the garden of peace; or whether, as they sometimes
+trembled to think, he had grown up amongst the enemies of their
+Lord, and become one of them,&mdash;they knew not, and they dared
+not to ask.&nbsp; But they never thought of him without trembling
+and tears, and Zart more even than Glaube: for he had crossed
+that terrible border; he had been seized by the fierce enemy; he
+had lain alone in the wide scorching <!-- page 105--><a
+name="page105"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 105</span>desert; and
+had only been brought back again from death by the great love of
+the mighty and merciful Lord of that most happy garden.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Father</i>.&nbsp; Who are meant by these children born in
+the wretched hovel?</p>
+<p><i>Child</i>.&nbsp; All the children of fallen parents.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who are such?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; All who are born.&nbsp; For we were &ldquo;by nature
+born in sin, and the children of wrath.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who is the kind Lord of the castle who takes pity on
+them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Jesus Christ our Lord.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is meant by His taking them to His castle?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; His receiving us when children into His Church.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; When was this done?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; At our baptism.&nbsp; For &ldquo;being by nature
+children of wrath, we were hereby made the children of
+grace.&rdquo;</p>
+<p><!-- page 106--><a name="page106"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+106</span>F.&nbsp; What is meant by the clean raiment and the new
+name He gave them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The &ldquo;forgiveness of all our sins&rdquo; (see
+Collect in Confirmation-Service), and the giving us our Christian
+name.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why is it called your Christian name?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; To mark its difference from our natural, or
+parents&rsquo; name.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why was it given you at that time?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because then I was taken into God&rsquo;s family, and
+&ldquo;made a member of Christ, child of God, and an inheritor of
+the kingdom of heaven.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the food with which they were fed?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; All the means of grace of the Church of Christ.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the desert, and who those who dwelt in it
+who were enemies to the Lord?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The ways of sin, and the devil and his angels.</p>
+<p><!-- page 107--><a name="page107"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+107</span>F.&nbsp; What were the bright flowers and the bird?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The baits and temptations of sin.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why did K&uuml;hn, or &ldquo;bold,&rdquo; cross the
+border more easily the second time?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because one sin makes another easier.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why did Zart, or &ldquo;tender,&rdquo; follow
+him?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because bold sinners lead weaker sinners after
+them.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What were the dry sands into which K&uuml;hn and Zart
+were carried?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The evil ways of sin.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who came to Zart&rsquo;s rescue when he prayed?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The gracious Lord who had at first received him into
+His Church by baptism.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why was he still sad and ashamed after he was brought
+back?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because he had wandered.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Did he then doubt whether he was forgiven?</p>
+<p><!-- page 108--><a name="page108"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+108</span>C.&nbsp; No: but he &ldquo;remembered and was
+confounded, and never opened his mouth any more, when the Lord
+was pacified toward him for all his iniquity.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the end of K&uuml;hn, or the
+&ldquo;bold?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; We know not; but they who &ldquo;draw back unto
+perdition&rdquo; are punished above all others.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are we to learn from the whole?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The blessedness of being taken into the Church in our
+infancy; and our need of prayer and watching, lest we turn it
+into a curse.</p>
+<h2>The King and his Servants.</h2>
+<p><!-- page 109--><a name="page109"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+109</span>A great king once called his servants to him, and said
+to them,&mdash;&ldquo;You have all often professed to love me,
+and to wish to serve me; and I have never yet made trial of
+you.&nbsp; But now I am about to try you all, that it may be
+known who does in truth desire to serve me, and who is a servant
+only in name.&nbsp; To morrow your trial will begin; so meet me
+here in the morning, and be ready to set out upon a journey on
+which I shall send you.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>When the king had so spoken, he left them; and there was a
+great deal of bustle and talking amongst these servants.&nbsp;
+Not that they were all alike.&nbsp; Some were very <!-- page
+110--><a name="page110"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+110</span>busy, and said a great deal of the services they should
+render; and that they hoped it would be some really hard trial on
+which the king would set them.&nbsp; Others were quiet and
+thoughtful, saying little or nothing, but, as it seemed, thinking
+silently of the words the king had spoken, as if they feared lest
+they should fail in their trial.&nbsp; For they loved that king
+greatly; he had been as a father to them all.&nbsp; Once they had
+been slaves, and cruelly treated by a wicked tyrant who had taken
+them prisoners, and cast some of them into dungeons, and made
+others work in dark mines, and dealt evil with them all.&nbsp;
+But the king had triumphed over this their enemy, and rescued
+them from his hands.&nbsp; His own son had sought them in the
+dungeons and dark pits into which they had been cast, and had
+brought them out; and now he had given them places in his
+service, and fed them from his own kingly table; and he promised
+to such as were <!-- page 111--><a name="page111"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 111</span>faithful, that he would raise them
+yet higher; that he would even set them upon thrones, and put
+crowns upon their heads; and that they should remain always in
+his presence, and rule and dwell with him.&nbsp; Now, when the
+time of their trial was come, these faithful servants were grave
+and thoughtful, fearing lest they should fail, and be led to
+forget him their kind and gracious king.&nbsp; But one thought
+held them up.&nbsp; He had said unto them all, &ldquo;As your
+day, so shall your strength be.&rdquo;&nbsp; They knew,
+therefore, that he would put on them no task beyond their
+strength.&nbsp; They remembered his kindness and his love in
+taking them out of the dungeons of the enemy.&nbsp; They desired
+greatly to serve him; and so they rejoiced that their trial was
+come, even while they feared it; and they trusted in him to help
+them, even whilst they trembled for themselves.</p>
+<p>These servants spent much of the night in preparing for their
+journey; in thinking <!-- page 112--><a name="page112"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 112</span>over all the directions the king had
+ever given them; for many times had he spoken to them of this
+coming trial; and even written down plain rules for them, which
+should teach them always how he would have them act.&nbsp; All
+these they gathered together, lest in the hurry of setting out,
+they should forget any one of them; and so they went into the
+court of the palace to meet the king.</p>
+<p>Then he came forth from his palace-door, and gave them all
+their charge.</p>
+<p>From the great treasure-chambers of that palace he brought out
+many different gifts, and laid them before these his
+servants.&nbsp; One had gold and silver, and another had precious
+stuffs; but all had something good and costly: and as he gave
+them these gifts, he told them that this was to be their
+trial.&nbsp; He was about to send them with these gifts into an
+exceeding great and rich city, which lay afar off from his
+palace; and in that city they <!-- page 113--><a
+name="page113"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 113</span>were all to
+trade for him.&nbsp; They were to take his gifts and use them
+wisely, so that each one of them might bring something back to
+him.&nbsp; He gave them also very close and particular
+instructions.&nbsp; He told them that there were many in that
+city who would try to rob them of these his gifts; and he told
+them how to keep them safely.&nbsp; He told them that many would
+seek to make them waste what he had given to them on pleasing
+themselves.&nbsp; But that they must remember always, that what
+they had belonged to him; that they would have to give him an
+account of their way of using all his gifts; and that of his mere
+mercy he, who had redeemed them from the dungeon and made them
+able to serve him, would graciously reward hereafter all their
+efforts to use his gifts for him.&nbsp; He told them also to set
+about trading for him as early as they could; for that all the
+merchants&rsquo; goods were freshest in the morning; that then
+the precious stones were the finest and the <!-- page 114--><a
+name="page114"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 114</span>truest; but
+that those who waited till the evening would find all the best
+goods sold; and that, perhaps, before they had any thing ready,
+the trumpet would sound which was to call them all out of the
+city, and then they would have to come back to him empty-handed
+and disgraced.</p>
+<p>When he had given them these charges, he sent them from his
+presence to begin their journey to the great city.&nbsp; All that
+day they travelled with horses and camels over plains and hills,
+and fruitful fields and deserts, until, just as the sun went
+down, they came to the walls of a great city; and they knew that
+it was here they were to traffic for their king upon the
+morrow.</p>
+<p>Then the thoughtful servants began carefully to unpack their
+goods; they looked into their bales of precious stuffs to see
+that they had got no injury from the dust and sand of the desert;
+they counted over their bags of money to see that all was right;
+and began to lay them all in order, <!-- page 115--><a
+name="page115"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 115</span>that they
+might enter the town as soon as the gates were open, and trade
+for their king in the morning hours, which he had told them were
+the best.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p115.jpg">
+<img alt="The King and His Servants" src="images/p115.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<p>But some of the other servants laughed at them for taking all
+this care and trouble.&nbsp; &ldquo;Surely it will be time
+enough,&rdquo; they said, &ldquo;to get every thing ready when
+the markets are open to-morrow.&nbsp; We have had a long, hot,
+weary journey, and we must rest and refresh ourselves before we
+think of trading.&rdquo;&nbsp; So they spread the tables, and
+began to feast in a riotous way, quite forgetting the
+king&rsquo;s service, and putting the morrow out of their
+thoughts.</p>
+<p>Now as soon as the sun was up, in the morning, there was a
+great stir amongst the servants.&nbsp; Those who had been careful
+and watchful in the evening were ready with all their bales; and
+as soon as ever the city-gates were open, they marched in through
+them with their goods.&nbsp; It was a great wide city into which
+they entered, <!-- page 116--><a name="page116"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 116</span>and must hold, they thought, a vast
+multitude of men.&nbsp; Houses and streets of all sizes met their
+eyes here and there; but they passed easily along, because it was
+still so early in the morning, that few persons were in the
+streets, and those few were all bent upon business, as they were
+themselves.&nbsp; So they passed on to the great market where the
+merchants bought and sold, and here they set out all their goods;
+and the merchants came round them to look over their wares, and
+to shew them what they had to sell in return.&nbsp; Now they
+found it true as the king had foretold them.&nbsp; For they had
+the first choice of all that the merchants could offer.&nbsp; One
+of them opened his stores, and shewed them rubies, and diamonds,
+and pearls, such as they had never seen before for size and
+beauty.&nbsp; So they chose a pearl of great price, and they
+bought it for their prince, and they trafficked in their other
+wares, and gained for him <!-- page 117--><a
+name="page117"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 117</span>more than
+as many bags of treasure as he had given them at first.&nbsp;
+Thus they traded according to their skill, and every one had now
+secured something for his lord.&nbsp; The pearl of great price
+was stored by some; others had rich dresses adorned with gold and
+precious stones; others had bags of the most refined gold; others
+had the spices of Arabia and the frankincense of the islands of
+the East.</p>
+<p>One there was amongst them who seemed to have got nothing to
+carry home with him; and yet he, as well as the rest, had laid
+out his master&rsquo;s gifts.&nbsp; Then some of the other
+servants asked him, what he had stored up for the king? and he
+said that he had no riches which he could shew to them, but that
+he had an offering which he knew that the merciful heart of the
+king would make him love and value.&nbsp; Then they asked him to
+tell them his story; so he said that, as he was walking through
+the market, he had seen a poor <!-- page 118--><a
+name="page118"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 118</span>woman
+weeping and wringing her hands, as if her heart would break: he
+stopped, and asked her the cause of her sorrow; and she told him
+that she was a widow, and that some merchants, to whom her
+husband had owed large sums of money, had come that morning to
+her house and taken all that she had, and seized her children
+too; and that they were dragging them away to the slave-market to
+sell them for slaves in a far land, that they might pay
+themselves the debt which her husband had owed them.&nbsp; So
+when he heard her sad tale, he opened his bag of treasure, and
+found that all the gold which he had got in it would just pay the
+widow&rsquo;s debt and set her children free.&nbsp; Then he went
+with her to the merchants, and he told out to them all that sum,
+and set the children of the widow free, and gave them back to
+their mother; &ldquo;and I am taking,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;to
+our merciful king the offering of the widow&rsquo;s tears and
+gratitude; and I know <!-- page 119--><a name="page119"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 119</span>well that this is an offering which
+will be well-pleasing in his sight.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>So it fared with these faithful servants in their trading; and
+all the while they were cheerful and light-hearted, because they
+remembered constantly the love and kindness which their king had
+shewed to them; and they rejoiced that they were able to serve
+him and to trade for him with his gifts.&nbsp; They thought also
+of the goodness of the king&rsquo;s son towards them; they
+remembered how he had sought them when they were prisoners in the
+dark dungeons of their tyrant enemy; and they were full of joy
+when they thought that they should be able to offer to him the
+goodly pearl, and the other curious gifts, which they had
+bought.&nbsp; They thought of these things until they longed to
+hear the trumpet sound, which was to call them out of the town
+and gather them together for their journey home.&nbsp; When that
+trumpet might sound, they knew not; but the <!-- page 120--><a
+name="page120"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 120</span>sun was now
+passed its noon, and the town, which had been so quiet when they
+came in the early morning along its empty streets, was now full
+of noise, and bustle, and confusion, as great towns are wont to
+be, when all the multitude of sleepers awaken and pour out for
+pleasure, or business, or idleness, into the streets, and
+squares, and market-places.</p>
+<p>Heartily glad were they now that they had been so early at
+their traffic.&nbsp; Now the merchants had shut up all their
+richest stores; and the markets were full of others who brought
+false pearls and mock diamonds, instead of the costly gems for
+which they had traded in the morning.&nbsp; There seemed to be
+hardly any true traders left.&nbsp; Idlers were there in numbers,
+and shows and noisy revels were passing up and down the streets;
+and they could see thieves and bad men lurking about at all the
+corners, seeking whom they could catch, and rob, and plunder.</p>
+<p><!-- page 121--><a name="page121"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+121</span>On all these things the servants looked; sometimes they
+saw beautiful sights pass by them, which gladdened their eyes;
+and sometimes sweet music would fill their ears, as bands of
+merry harpers and singers walked up and down through the market;
+and they rejoiced in all of these, but still their hearts were
+full of thoughts of their kind king, and recollections of his son
+their prince; and they longed to be at home with them, even when
+the sights round them were the gayest, and the sounds in their
+ears were the sweetest; and they were ever watching for the voice
+of the trumpet, which was to call them again homeward.</p>
+<p>But this happy case was not that of all the servants.&nbsp;
+When these watchful men had been entering the gates of the city
+in the morning, the thoughtless servants were not yet
+awake.&nbsp; They had sat up late at their feasting and
+rejoicings, and when the morning sun rose upon them, they <!--
+page 122--><a name="page122"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+122</span>were still in their first deep sleep.&nbsp; The
+stirring of their fellow-servants moved them a little, and for a
+while they seemed ready to rise and join them.&nbsp; But their
+goods were not ready, so they could not go with them; and they
+might as well, therefore, they thought, wait a little longer and
+rest themselves, and then follow them to the market.&nbsp; They
+did not mean to be late, but they saw no reason why they should
+be so very early.</p>
+<p>They slept, therefore, till the sun was high, and then they
+rose in some confusion, because it was now so late; and they had
+all their goods to unpack, their stuffs to smooth out, and the
+dust to shake off from them.&nbsp; Soon they began about every
+little thing to find fault with one another, because they were
+secretly angry with themselves.&nbsp; Each one thought that if
+his neighbour had not persuaded him to stay, he should have been
+up, and have entered the city with the earliest: so high words
+<!-- page 123--><a name="page123"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+123</span>arose between them; and instead of helping one another,
+and making the best they could of the time which remained, they
+only hindered one another, and made it later and later before
+they were ready to begin their trading.</p>
+<p>At length, after many hard words and much bad temper, one by
+one they got away; each as soon as he was ready, and often with
+his goods all in confusion; every one following his own path, and
+wandering by himself up the crowded streets of the full town.</p>
+<p>Hard work they had to get at all along it when they had passed
+the gates.&nbsp; All the stream of people seemed now to be
+setting against them.&nbsp; The idlers jested upon their strange
+dress; and if they did but try to traffic for their lord, the
+rude children of the town would gather round them, and hoot, and
+cry: so that they could not manage to carry on any trade at
+all.</p>
+<p><!-- page 124--><a name="page124"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+124</span>Then, as I watched them, I saw that some who had been
+the loudest in talking of what they should do when they were
+tried, were now the first to give up altogether making any head
+at all against the crowd of that city.&nbsp; They packed up what
+goods they might have, and began to think only of looking about
+them, and following the crowd, and pleasing themselves, like any
+of the men around them.&nbsp; Then I looked after some of these,
+and I saw that one of them was led on by the crowd to a place in
+the town where there was a great show.&nbsp; Outside of it were
+men in many-coloured dresses, who blew with trumpets, and jested,
+and cried aloud, and begged all to come in and see the strange
+sights which were stored within.</p>
+<p>Now when the servant came to this place, he watched one and
+another go in, until at last he also longed to go in and see the
+sights which were to be gazed on within.&nbsp; So he went to the
+door, and the <!-- page 125--><a name="page125"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 125</span>porter asked him for money; but when
+he drew out his purse, and the porter saw that his money belonged
+to some strange place, and was quite unlike the coin used in that
+town, he only laughed at it, and said it was good for nothing
+there, and bid him &ldquo;stand back.&rdquo;&nbsp; So as he
+turned away, the porter saw the rich bundle on his back, and then
+he spoke to him in another tone, and he said, &ldquo;I will let
+you in, if you like to give me that bundle of goods.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Then for a moment the servant was checked.&nbsp; He thought of
+his lord and of the reckoning, and he remembered the words,
+&ldquo;As good stewards of the manifold grace of God;&rdquo; and
+he had almost determined to turn back, and to fight his way to
+the market-place, and to trade for his lord, let it cost him what
+it might;&mdash;but just at the moment there was a great burst of
+the showman&rsquo;s trumpets; and he heard the people shouting
+for joy within; and so he forgot all but <!-- page 126--><a
+name="page126"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 126</span>his great
+desire, and slipping off the bundle from his shoulders, he put it
+into the hands of the porter, and passed in, and I saw him no
+more.</p>
+<p>Then I saw another, who was standing at the corner of a street
+gating at some strange antics which were being played by a
+company of the townsmen.&nbsp; And as he gazed upon them, he
+forgot all about his trading for his master, and thought only of
+seeing more of this strange sight.&nbsp; Then I saw that whilst
+he was thinking only of these follies, some evil-minded men
+gathered round him, and before he was aware of it, they secretly
+stole from him all the gold which his lord had given him to lay
+out for him.&nbsp; The servant did not even know when it was
+gone, so much was he thinking of staring at the sight before
+him.&nbsp; But it made me very sad to think that when he went to
+buy for his master, he would find out, too late, his loss; and
+that when the trumpet sounded, <!-- page 127--><a
+name="page127"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 127</span>he would
+have nothing to carry back with him on the day of reckoning.</p>
+<p>Some of these loiterers, too, were treated even worse than
+this.&nbsp; One of them I saw whom the shows and lights of that
+town led on from street to street, until he came quite to its
+farther end; and then he thought that he saw before him, beyond
+some lonely palings, still finer sights than any he had left; and
+so he set out to cross over those fields, and see those
+sights.&nbsp; And when he was half over, some wicked robbers, who
+laid wait in those desolate places, rushed out upon him from
+their lurking-place, and ill used him sorely, and robbed him of
+all his goods and money, and left him upon the ground hardly able
+to get back to the town which he had left.</p>
+<p>Then I saw one of these loiterers who, as he was looking idly
+at the sights round him, grew very grave, and began to tremble
+from head to foot.&nbsp; One of his fellows, <!-- page 128--><a
+name="page128"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 128</span>who stood
+by and saw him, quickly asked him what made him tremble.&nbsp; At
+first he could not answer; but after a while he said, that the
+sound of the trumpet which they had just heard had made him think
+of the great trumpet-sound of their master, which was to call
+them all back to his presence, and that he trembled because the
+evening was coming on, and he had not yet traded for his
+lord.&nbsp; And &ldquo;How,&rdquo; he said in great fear,
+&ldquo;how shall we ever stand that reckoning with our hands
+empty?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then some of his companions in idleness
+laughed and jeered greatly, and mocked the poor trembler.&nbsp;
+But his fears were wiser than their mockings; and so, it seemed,
+he knew, for he cared nothing for them; but only said to them,
+very sadly and gravely, &ldquo;You are in the same danger, how
+then can you jeer at me?&rdquo;&nbsp; And with that he pointed
+their eyes up to the sky, and shewed them how low the sun had got
+already, and that it <!-- page 129--><a name="page129"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 129</span>wanted but an hour at the most to
+his setting, and then that the trumpet might sound at any moment,
+and they have nothing to bear home to their lord.</p>
+<p>Now, as he spoke, one listened eagerly to him; and whilst the
+others jeered, he said very gravely, &ldquo;What can we do?&nbsp;
+Is it quite too late?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;It is never too
+late,&rdquo; said the other, &ldquo;till the trumpet sounds; and
+though we have lost so much of the day, perchance we can yet do
+something: come with me to the market-place, and we will
+try.&rdquo;&nbsp; So the other joined him, and off they set,
+passing through their companions, who shouted after them all the
+way they went, until the townsmen who stood round began to jeer
+and shout after them also: so that all the town was moved.&nbsp;
+A hard time those two had now, and much they wished that they had
+gone to the market-place in the early morning, when the streets
+were empty, and the busy servants had passed so easily
+along.&nbsp; <!-- page 130--><a name="page130"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 130</span>Many were the rough words they had
+now to bear; many the angry, or ill-natured, crowd through which
+they had to push; and if any where they met one of their late and
+idle companions, he was sure to stir up all the street against
+them, when he saw them pushing on to the market-place.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think that we shall ever get there?&rdquo; said
+he who had been moved by the other&rsquo;s words to him, who led
+the way, and buffeted with the crowd, like a man swimming through
+many rough waves in the strong stream of some swift river.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Do you think that we shall ever get there?&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Yes, yes,&rdquo; said the other; &ldquo;we shall get there
+still, if we do but persevere.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;But it is so
+hard to make any way, and the streets seem to grow fuller and
+fuller; I am afraid that I shall never get through.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Just as he spoke, a great band of the townspeople, with music,
+and trumpets, <!-- page 131--><a name="page131"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 131</span>and dancing, met them like a mighty
+wave of the sea, and seemed sure to drive them back: one of their
+old companions was dancing amongst the rest; and as I looked hard
+at him, I saw that it was the same who had given away his
+precious burden in order to go into the show.&nbsp; Now, as soon
+as he saw these his former fellows, he called to them by their
+names, and bid them join him and the townsmen round him.&nbsp;
+But he that was leading the way shook his head, and said boldly:
+&ldquo;No: we will not join with you; we are going to the
+market-place to traffic for our lord.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;It is
+too late for that,&rdquo; said he; &ldquo;you lost the morning,
+and now you cannot trade.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then I saw that he who
+before had trembled exceedingly grew very pale; but still he held
+on his way; and he said,&mdash;&ldquo;Yes, we have lost the
+morning, and a sore thing it is for us; but our good lord will
+help us even yet; and we <span class="smcap">will</span> serve
+him, &lsquo;redeeming the <!-- page 132--><a
+name="page132"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 132</span>time,
+because the days are evil.&rsquo;&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he turned to
+the other and said to him,&mdash;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;And will not you stop either?&nbsp; Do not be fooled by
+this madman: what use is it to go to buy when the shops are all
+shut, and the market empty?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he hung down his
+head, and looked as though he would have turned back, and fallen
+into the throng; but his fellow seized him by the hand, and bid
+him take courage, and think upon his kind master, and upon the
+king&rsquo;s son, whose very blood had been shed for them; and
+with that he seemed to gather a little confidence, and held for a
+while on in his way with the other.</p>
+<p>Then their old companion turned all his seeming love into
+hatred, and he called upon the crowd round him to lay hands on
+them and stop them; and this the rabble would fain have done, but
+that, as it seemed to me, a power greater than their own was with
+those servants, and strengthened them; until they pushed the <!--
+page 133--><a name="page133"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+133</span>rude people aside on the right and on the left, and
+passed safely through them into another street.</p>
+<p>Here there were fewer persons, and they had a breathing-time
+for a while; and as they heard the sound of music and of the
+crowd passing by at some little distance from them, they began to
+gather heart, and to talk to one another.&nbsp; &ldquo;I never
+thought,&rdquo; said the one, &ldquo;that I could have held on
+through that crowd; and I never could, if you had not stretched
+out your hand to help me.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Say, rather, if our
+master&rsquo;s strength had not been with us,&rdquo; said the
+other.&nbsp; &ldquo;But do you think,&rdquo; said he that was
+fearful, &ldquo;that he will accept any thing we can bring him
+now, when the best part of the day is over?&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Yes, I do,&rdquo; he replied.&nbsp; &ldquo;I have a good
+hope that he will; for I remember how he said, &lsquo;Return, ye
+backsliding children, return ye even unto me.&rsquo;&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;But how can one who is so trembling <!-- page 134--><a
+name="page134"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 134</span>and fearful
+as I am ever traffic for him?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;You can, if you
+will but hold on; for he has once spoken of his servants
+&lsquo;as faint yet pursuing.&rsquo;&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said the other, &ldquo;I wish that I had your
+courage; but I do believe that I should not dare to meet such
+another crowd as that we have just passed through; I really
+thought that they would tear us in pieces.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Our king will never let that be,&rdquo; said the other,
+&ldquo;if only we trust in him.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;But are you
+sure,&rdquo; replied he, &ldquo;that our king does see us in this
+town?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Just as he said this, and before his companion had time to
+answer him again, they heard a louder noise than ever, of men
+dancing, and singing, and crowding, and music playing, and horns
+blowing, as if all the mad sports of the city were coming upon
+them in one burst.&nbsp; At the front of all they could see their
+old companion; for the band had turned round by a different
+street, and now were just beginning <!-- page 135--><a
+name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 135</span>to come
+down that one up which they were passing.&nbsp; Then he who had
+been affrighted before, turned white as snow; and he looked this
+way and that, to see what he could do.</p>
+<p>Now it so happened, that just by where they stood was a great
+shop, and in its windows there seemed to shine precious stones
+and jewels, and fine crystals, and gold and ivory.&nbsp; And, as
+he looked, his eyes fell full upon the shop, and he said to his
+fellow,&mdash;&ldquo;Look here; surely here is what we want: let
+us turn in here and traffic for our master, and then we shall
+escape all this rout which is coming upon us.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;No, no!&rdquo; said the other; &ldquo;we must push on to
+the market; that is our appointed place; there our lord bids us
+trade: we must not turn aside from the trouble which our lateness
+has brought upon us&mdash;we must not offer to our master that
+which costs us nothing.&nbsp; Play the man, and we shall soon be
+in the market.&rdquo;</p>
+<p><!-- page 136--><a name="page136"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+136</span>&ldquo;But we shall be torn in pieces,&rdquo; said the
+other.&nbsp; &ldquo;Look at the great crowd: and even now it
+seems that our old companion sees me, and is beginning to lead
+the rabble upon us.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Never fear,&rdquo; said
+he who led the way; &ldquo;our king will keep us.&nbsp; &lsquo;I
+will not be afraid for ten thousands of the people who have set
+themselves against us round about.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then I saw that he to whom he spoke did not seem to hear these
+last words, for the master of the shop had noticed how he cast
+his eyes upon the goods that were in the window, and was ready in
+a moment to invite him in.&nbsp; &ldquo;Come in, come in,&rdquo;
+he said, &ldquo;before the crowd sweep you away; come in and buy
+my pearls, and my diamonds, and my precious stones; come in, come
+in.&rdquo;&nbsp; And while he halted for a moment to parley with
+the man, the crowd came upon them, and he was parted from his
+friend, who had held up his fainting steps; and so he <!-- page
+137--><a name="page137"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+137</span>sprung trembling into the shop, scarcely thinking
+himself safe even there.</p>
+<p>Now the man into whose house he had turned, though he was a
+fair-spoken man, and one who knew well how to seem honest and
+true, was altogether a deceiver.&nbsp; All his seeming jewels,
+and diamonds, and pearls, were but shining and painted glass,
+which was worth nothing at all to him who was so foolish as to
+buy it: but this the servant knew not.&nbsp; If it had been in
+the bright clear light of the morning, he would easily have seen
+that the diamonds and the pearls were only sparkling and painted
+glass, and the gold nothing but tinsel; but the bright light of
+the morning had passed away, and in the red slanting light of the
+evening sun he could not see clearly; and so the false man
+persuaded him, and he parted with all the rich treasures which
+his king had given him, and got nothing for them in exchange
+which was worth the having, for he filled his <!-- page 138--><a
+name="page138"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 138</span>bag with
+bits of painted glass, which his lord would never accept.</p>
+<p>However, he knew not how he had been cheated; or if, perhaps,
+a thought crossed his mind that all was not right, it was
+followed by another, which said that it was now too late to
+alter, and that if he had chosen wrongly, still he must abide by
+it; and so he waited for the trumpet.&nbsp; But he was not
+altogether happy; and often and often he wished that he had faced
+the strife of the multitude, and pressed on with his trusting
+companion to the market.</p>
+<p>A hard struggle had been his before he had reached it.&nbsp;
+It seemed indeed at times as if the words of his fearful
+companion were coming true, and he would be torn altogether in
+pieces, so fiercely did the crowd press upon him and throng
+him.&nbsp; But as I watched him in the thickest part of it, I saw
+that always, just at his last need, something seemed to favour
+him, <!-- page 139--><a name="page139"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 139</span>and the crowd broke off and left
+room for him to struggle by.&nbsp; I could hear him chanting, as
+it were, to himself, when the crowd looked upon him the most
+fiercely, &ldquo;I will not be afraid for ten thousands of the
+people that have set themselves against me round
+about.&rdquo;&nbsp; And even as he chanted the words, the crowd
+divided itself in two parts, like a rushing stream glancing by
+some black rock; and on he passed, as though they saw him
+not.</p>
+<p>So it continued, even till he reached the market-place.&nbsp;
+Right glad was he to find himself there: but even now all his
+trials were not over.&nbsp; Many of the stalls were empty, and
+from many more the fair and true traders were gone away; and
+instead of them were come false and deceitful men, who tried to
+put off any who dealt with them with pretended jewels and bad
+goods.</p>
+<p>Then did he look anxiously round and round the market, fearing
+every moment <!-- page 140--><a name="page140"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 140</span>lest the trumpet should sound before
+he had purchased any thing for his lord.&nbsp; Never, perhaps,
+all along the way, did he so bitterly regret his early sloth as
+now, for he wrung his hands together, and said in great
+bitterness, &ldquo;What shall I do?&rdquo; and, &ldquo;How shall
+I, a loiterer, traffic for my lord?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Then his eyes fell upon a shop where were no jewels, nor gold,
+nor costly silks, nor pearls of great price; but all that was in
+it was coarse sackcloth, and rough and hairy garments, and heaps
+of ashes, and here and there a loaf of bitter bread, and bitter
+herbs, and bottles wherein tears were stored.&nbsp; As he gazed
+on this shop something seemed to whisper to his heart, &ldquo;Go
+and buy.&rdquo;&nbsp; So he went with his sorrowful heart, as one
+not worthy to traffic for his master, and he bought the coarsest
+sackcloth, and the ashes of affliction, and many bitter tears:
+and so he waited for the sounding of the trumpet.</p>
+<p><!-- page 141--><a name="page141"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+141</span>Then suddenly, as some loud noise breaks upon the
+slumbers of men who sleep, that great trumpet sounded.&nbsp; All
+through the air came its voice, still waxing louder and louder;
+and even as it pealed across the sky, all that great city, and
+its multitudes, and its lofty palaces, and its show, and its
+noise, and its revels, all melted away, and were not.&nbsp; And
+in a moment all the servants were gathered together, and their
+lord and king stood amongst them.&nbsp; All else was gone, and
+they and their works were alone with him.</p>
+<p>Then was there a fearful trial of every man&rsquo;s
+work.&nbsp; Then were they crowned with light and gladness who
+had risen early and traded diligently, and who now brought before
+their master the fruit of that toil, and labour, and pain.&nbsp;
+Each one had his own reward; and amongst the richest and the
+best&mdash;as though he brought what the king greatly
+loved&mdash;was his reward who brought unto his master the <!--
+page 142--><a name="page142"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+142</span>offering of gratitude from the broken-hearted
+widow.</p>
+<p>Then drew near the servant who had wasted the morning, but had
+repented of his sloth, and had fought his way through the crowds,
+and had at last bought the sackcloth.&nbsp; Now he came bringing
+it with him; and it looked poor, and mean, and coarse, as he bore
+it amongst the heaps of gold, and jewels, and silks, which lay
+piled up all around; yet did he draw near unto the king; and as
+he came, he spoke, and said, &ldquo;A broken and a contrite heart
+wilt thou not despise.&rdquo;&nbsp; And as he spake, the king
+looked graciously upon him: a mild and an approving smile sat
+upon his countenance, and he spoke to him also the blessed words,
+&ldquo;Well done, thou good and faithful servant.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Then did the coarse sackcloth shine as the most rich cloth of
+gold; then did the ashes of the furnace sparkle as a
+monarch&rsquo;s jewels; whilst every bitter tear which was stored
+<!-- page 143--><a name="page143"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+143</span>in the bottle changed into pearls and rubies which were
+above all price.</p>
+<p>Then the king turned to the careless servants, and his voice
+was terrible to hear, and from his face they fled away.&nbsp; I
+dared not to look upon them; but I heard their just and most
+terrible sentence, and I knew that they were driven away for ever
+from the presence of the king, in which is life and peace; and
+that they were bound under chains and darkness, deeper and more
+dreadful than those from which the king&rsquo;s son had
+graciously delivered them.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Father</i>.&nbsp; In what part of God&rsquo;s word do we
+read such a parable as this?</p>
+<p><i>Child</i>.&nbsp; In the 25th chapter of St. Matthew&rsquo;s
+gospel, and at the 15th verse.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who is the King who called his servants thus
+together?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Almighty God.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who are meant by these servants trading in the
+town?</p>
+<p><!-- page 144--><a name="page144"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+144</span>C.&nbsp; All of us Christians.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; How do you know that they were Christians?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because they had been delivered from slavery and
+dungeons by the King&rsquo;s own Son.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is the great town to which they were sent?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; This world.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What are the goods which God gave them to lay out for
+him?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Every thing which we have in this life: our strength,
+and health, and reason, and money, and time.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; How may we trade with these for the King?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; By trying to use them all so as to please Him and set
+forth His glory.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who are those who rose up early to go into the
+town?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Those who begin to serve the Lord even from their
+youth.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is shewn by their finding the <!-- page 145--><a
+name="page145"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 145</span>streets
+easy to pass, and the markets full of rich goods?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; That this service of God is far easier to such as
+begin to serve Him in youth; and that such are able to offer to
+Him the best gifts of early devotion, and their first love, and
+the zeal of youth, and tender hearts, and unclouded
+consciences.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What is taught us by their seeing the beautiful
+things of the city at their ease, after their diligent
+trading?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; That those who serve God truly in a youthful piety
+commonly find more than others, that &ldquo;godliness has promise
+of the life which now is, as well as of that which is to
+come.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why were those who were late ready to quarrel with
+one another?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because companions in sin have no real love for each
+other, but are always ready to fall out; being all selfish and
+separate from God.</p>
+<p><!-- page 146--><a name="page146"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+146</span>F.&nbsp; What were the full streets they met with when
+they entered the town?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The many difficulties and hindrances which beset
+those who set about serving God late in life.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What were the shows, and the thieves, and the
+robbers, which troubled them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The different temptations which come from the devil,
+the world, and the flesh.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who were the crowds who withstood them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Those who love this present world, and who therefore
+withstand those who seek to live for God&rsquo;s glory.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who was he who sold the false jewels?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; One of those who often make a prey of persons
+beginning, after a negligent youth, to feel earnest about
+religion, and of whom we read, Rom. xvi. 17, 18, &ldquo;Now I
+beseech you, brethren, mark <!-- page 147--><a
+name="page147"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 147</span>them which
+cause divisions and offences, contrary to the doctrine which ye
+have learned; and avoid them.&nbsp; For they that are such serve
+not our Lord Jesus Christ, but their own belly; and by good words
+and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Who was he who held on through all difficulties to
+the market-place?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; A truly humble penitent, who having turned to God
+with all his heart, leans not to his own understanding, but
+follows God&rsquo;s leading in all things; cleaving close to
+Christ&rsquo;s Church.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What were the sackcloth and ashes which he
+bought?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The true contrition of heart and deep sense of sin,
+which God gives to those who seek earnestly to turn away from all
+iniquity.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the sound of the trumpet?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; The call of men to the general judgment.</p>
+<p><!-- page 148--><a name="page148"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+148</span>F.&nbsp; Who were those whose trading the master was
+pleased to reward?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Those who had served God early; those who had given
+to Him the best of their youth; those who had been kind to others
+and helped the needy for His sake; those who had turned to Him in
+truth, and clave to Him with a humble penitence.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What was the end of the careless servants?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; It is an awful end, which our blessed Saviour Jesus
+Christ speaks of thus: &ldquo;Cast ye the unprofitable servant
+into outer darkness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of
+teeth.&rdquo; <a name="citation148a"></a><a href="#footnote148a"
+class="citation">[148a]</a>&nbsp; And, again, &ldquo;These shall
+go away into everlasting punishment; but the righteous into life
+eternal.&rdquo; <a name="citation148b"></a><a
+href="#footnote148b" class="citation">[148b]</a></p>
+<h2><!-- page 149--><a name="page149"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 149</span>The Prophet&rsquo;s Guard.</h2>
+<p>It was the very earliest morning.&nbsp; The day was not
+breaking as it does in this land of England, with a dewy twilight
+and a gradual dawning&mdash;first a dull glow all over the east,
+then blood-red rays, catching any fleecy cloud which is stealing
+over the sky, and turning all its misty whiteness into gold and
+fire;&mdash;but day was breaking as it does in those eastern
+countries&mdash;sudden, and bright, and hot.&nbsp; Darkness flew
+away as at a word; the thick shadows were all at once gone, and
+the broad glaring sun rose proudly in the sky, rejoicing in his
+strength.&nbsp; The people of the town woke up again to life and
+business.&nbsp; Doors were flung wide open, <!-- page 150--><a
+name="page150"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 150</span>and some
+were passing through them; the flat roofs of the houses began to
+be peopled&mdash;on one was a man praying, on others two or three
+standing together; but most of the people were hastening here and
+there to get through their necessary work before the full heat of
+the day came on; numbers were passing and repassing to the clear
+dancing fountain, the cool waters of which bubbled up in the
+midst of a broad square within that city.</p>
+<p>And now, what is it which one suddenly sees, and, after gazing
+at it for a while, points out to another, and he to a
+third?&nbsp; As each hears, they look eagerly up to the hill,
+which rises high above their town, until they gather into a knot;
+and then, as one and another are added to their company, grow
+into almost a crowd.&nbsp; Still it is in the same quarter that
+all eyes are fixed; their water-vessels are set idly down, as if
+they could <!-- page 151--><a name="page151"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 151</span>not think of them.&nbsp; Those which
+were set under the fountain have been quite full this long time,
+but no one stooped to remove them; and the water has been running
+over their brimming sides, while its liquid silver flew all round
+in a shower of sparkling drops.&nbsp; But no one thinks of
+them.&nbsp; What is it which so chains all eyes and fixes the
+attention of all?</p>
+<p>The hill is quite full of armed men.&nbsp; There were none
+there overnight: they have come up from the vale silently and
+stealthily during the darkness, while men slept, like some great
+mist rising in stillness from the waters, and they seem to be
+hemming in the town on every side.&nbsp; Look which way you will,
+the sun lights upon the burnished points of spears, or falls on
+strong shields, or flashes like lightning from polished and
+cutting swords, or is thrown a thousand ways by the rolling
+wheels of those war-chariots.&nbsp; &ldquo;Who are they?&rdquo;
+is the question <!-- page 152--><a name="page152"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 152</span>of all; and no one likes to say what
+all have felt for a long time&mdash;&ldquo;they are our enemies,
+and we are their prey.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But there is no use in shutting the eyes any longer to the
+truth.&nbsp; The morning breeze has just floated off in its airy
+waves that flag which before hung down lifelessly by the side of
+its staff.&nbsp; It has shewn all.&nbsp; They are enemies; they
+are fierce and bitter enemies; they are the Syrians, and they are
+at war with Israel.</p>
+<p>But why are they come against this little town?&nbsp; When
+they have licked up it and its people like the dust from the face
+of the earth, they will be scarcely further on in their war
+against Israel.&nbsp; Why did not they begin with some of the
+great and royal cities?&nbsp; Why was it not against Jerusalem,
+or Jezreel, or even against the newly rebuilt Jericho?&nbsp; Why
+should they come against this little town?</p>
+<p>Then one, an evil-looking man of a dark countenance, one who
+feared not God <!-- page 153--><a name="page153"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 153</span>and loved not His servants,
+whispered to those around him, and said, &ldquo;Have you not
+heard how Elisha the prophet, who dwells amongst us, has
+discovered to the king of Israel the secrets of the army of the
+king of Syria?&nbsp; No doubt it is because Elisha is dwelling
+here that the king of Syria has come upon us.&nbsp; And now shall
+we, and our wives, and our sweet babes, and our houses, and our
+treasures, become the prey of the king of Syria, for the sake of
+this Elisha.&nbsp; I never thought that good would come from his
+dwelling here.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Now, fear makes men cruel and suspicious, and fills their
+minds with hard thoughts; and many of these men were full of
+fear: and so, when they heard these words, they began to have
+hard bad thoughts of God&rsquo;s prophet, and to hate him, as the
+cause of all the evils which they were afraid would very soon
+come upon them.</p>
+<p><!-- page 154--><a name="page154"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+154</span>Just then the door of another house opened: it was the
+prophet&rsquo;s house, and his servant came forth with the
+water-vessels to fill them at the fountain.&nbsp; He wondered to
+see the crowd of men gathered together, and he drew near to ask
+them what was stirring.&nbsp; He could read upon their dark
+scowling faces that something moved them exceedingly; but what it
+was he could not gather.&nbsp; He could not tell why they would
+scarcely speak to him, but looked on him with angry faces, and
+spoke under their breath, and said, &ldquo;This is one of
+them.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;&rsquo;Twere best to give them
+up.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;They will destroy us all.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Then the man was altogether astonished; for his master had been
+ever humble, and kind, and gentle; no poor man had ever turned
+away without help when he had come in his sorrows to the prophet
+of the Lord.&nbsp; And yet, why were they thus angry with him, if
+it were not for his master&rsquo;s sake?</p>
+<p><!-- page 155--><a name="page155"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+155</span>Broken sentences were all that he could gather; but, by
+little and little, he learned what they feared and what they
+threatened; he saw, also, the hosts of armed men gathered all
+around the city; and his heart, also, was filled with fear.&nbsp;
+He believed that it was for his master&rsquo;s sake that they
+were there; he saw that all around him were turned against his
+master, and he trembled exceedingly.&nbsp; For some time he stood
+amongst the rest, scarce knowing what to do, neither liking to
+remain nor daring to go; until at last, as some more stragglers
+joined themselves to the company, he slunk away like one ashamed,
+without stopping even to fill the water-vessels he had
+brought.</p>
+<p>And so he entered his own door, heavy-hearted and trembling;
+and he went to the prophet&rsquo;s chamber, for he deemed that he
+still slept.&nbsp; But the man of God was risen; and he knew,
+therefore, where he should find him&mdash;that he would be <!--
+page 156--><a name="page156"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+156</span>upon the flat roof of his house, calling upon the name
+of the Lord his God, who had made another morning&rsquo;s sun to
+rise in its glory.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p156.jpg">
+<img alt="The Prophet&rsquo;s Guard" src="images/p156.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<p>So he followed his master to the housetop; and there, even as
+he had supposed, he found the holy man.&nbsp; It was a striking
+sight, could any one have seen the difference between these two
+men.&nbsp; The one pale and trembling and affrighted, like a man
+out of himself, and with no stay on which to rest his mind; the
+other calm and earnest, as, in deep and solemn prayer, with his
+head bowed and his hands clasped together, his low voice poured
+forth his thanksgiving, or spake of his needs; he also, as it
+seemed, was out of himself, but going out of himself that he
+might rest upon One who was near to him though his eye saw Him
+not, and who spake to him though his outward ear heard no voice
+of words.</p>
+<p>Thus he continued for a season, as if <!-- page 157--><a
+name="page157"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 157</span>he knew not
+that any man was nigh unto him; as if he knew not that there
+were, in the great world around him, any one besides his God with
+whom he communed, and his own soul which spake unto his
+God.&nbsp; All this time his servant stood by him, pale and
+trembling, but not daring to break in upon that hour of prayer;
+until at length the prophet paused, and his eye fell upon the
+trembler; and he turned towards him, and said kindly, &ldquo;What
+ails thee, my son?&rdquo;&nbsp; Then the servant answered,
+&ldquo;O my father, look unto the hill.&rdquo;&nbsp; And he stood
+gazing in the prophet&rsquo;s face, as though he expected to see
+paleness and terror overspread it when his eyes gathered in the
+sight of those angry hosts.&nbsp; But it was not so.&nbsp; No
+change passed over his countenance; his brow was open as it was
+before; the colour never left his cheeks; and, with almost a
+smile, he turned unto the servant, and said, &ldquo;And why does
+this <!-- page 158--><a name="page158"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 158</span>affright thee?&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;It is for thee they seek, my father&mdash;it is for thee
+they seek; and the wicked men of the town are ready to fall upon
+thee and deliver thee into their hands.&nbsp; Even now, as I
+walked along the street, they looked on me with fierce and cruel
+eyes; and they breathed threats which these lips may not utter,
+and said, that thou hadst brought this trouble upon them, and
+their wives, and their little ones; and I feared that they would
+curse thee and thy God.&rdquo;&nbsp; But the prophet was not
+moved by his words, for he only answered, &ldquo;Fear them not;
+they that are with us are more than they that are against
+us.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then did the servant cast his eyes to the
+ground, and he spake not, yet his lips moved; and if any one had
+heard the words which he whispered, they might perhaps have heard
+him ask how this could be, when they were but two, and their
+enemies were so many and so mighty.</p>
+<p><!-- page 159--><a name="page159"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+159</span>Now the prophet&rsquo;s eye rested upon him, and he
+read all his secret thoughts; and he pitied his weakness, for
+that holy man was full of pity for the weak: so he chid him not;
+but, bowing his knees again on that flat roof, he prayed unto his
+God to open the eyes of his affrighted servant.&nbsp; His prayer
+was heard.&nbsp; For there fell from them as it were films; and
+now, when he looked out, he saw a glorious sight.&nbsp; All the
+mountain was full; and they were a wonderful company which filled
+it.&nbsp; The dark hosts of the Syrians, and their glancing
+swords and clashing chariots, now looked but as a mere handful;
+for the whole mountain round them was full of that heavenly
+army.&nbsp; Chariots of fire and horsemen of fire thronged it in
+every part.&nbsp; High up into the viewless air mounted their
+wheeling bands: rank beyond rank, and army beyond army, they
+seemed to stretch on into the vastness of space, until the
+gazer&rsquo;s wearied eye was unable to gaze <!-- page 160--><a
+name="page160"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 160</span>on
+them.&nbsp; And all of these were gathered round his
+master.&nbsp; They were God&rsquo;s host, keeping guard over
+God&rsquo;s servant.&nbsp; And they who would injure him must
+first turn aside those flashing swords, must break up that strong
+and serried array, and be able to do battle with God&rsquo;s
+mighty angels.</p>
+<p>Then was the weak heart strong.&nbsp; Then did the poor
+trembler see that he was safe; and know that he who is on
+God&rsquo;s side can never want companions and defenders.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 161--><a name="page161"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 161</span>The Brothers&rsquo; Meeting;<br />
+<span class="smcap">or</span>,<br />
+The Sins of Youth.</h2>
+<p>A large company was winding its way slowly out of the vale in
+which the river Jordan runs.&nbsp; The sun was just beginning to
+strike hotly upon them, and make them long for rest and shelter,
+as they toiled up the open sandy hills and amongst the great
+masses of rock with which that country was strewn.</p>
+<p>It was a striking sight to see those travellers.&nbsp; First
+went three troops of kine, lowing as they went; camels with their
+arched necks, stooping shoulders, and forward ears; asses with
+their foals; ewes and lambs; and goats with their <!-- page
+162--><a name="page162"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+162</span>kids, which mounted idly upon every rock that lay by
+their road-side, and then jumped as idly down again; and before
+and after these, drivers in stately turbans and long flowing
+robes, keeping the flocks and herds to their appointed way.&nbsp;
+Then came large droves of cattle, and sheep, and goats, and
+asses, stirring up with their many feet the dust of the sandy
+plain, till it fell like a gentle shower powdering with its small
+grains all the rough and prickly plants which grew in tufts over
+the waste.&nbsp; Then was there a space; and after that were seen
+two bands of camels,&mdash;the best they seemed to be of all the
+flock, those which came last especially,&mdash;and on them were
+children and women riding, over whom hung long veils to shelter
+their faces from the hot breath of the sandy desert through which
+they had travelled.&nbsp; And after all these came one man, with
+his staff in his hand and a turban on his head, walking slowly,
+as <!-- page 163--><a name="page163"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+163</span>one who walked in pain and yet walked on, following
+those who went before.</p>
+<p>If you had stood near to that man, you might, perhaps, have
+heard him speaking to God in prayer and thanksgiving; you might
+have heard him saying to himself, &ldquo;with my staff passed I
+over this Jordan, and now I am become two bands:&rdquo; or you
+might have heard him earnestly calling upon the God of Abraham,
+and the God of Isaac his father, to keep him safe in the great
+danger which now lay close before him.&nbsp; His mind was
+certainly very full of that danger; for he kept looking up from
+the sand on which his eyes were often fixed, and gazing as far as
+he could see over the hills before him, as if he expected to see
+some great danger suddenly meet him on his way, and as if,
+therefore, he wished to be quite ready for it.</p>
+<p>If you looked into his face, you could see at once that he was
+not a common <!-- page 164--><a name="page164"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 164</span>man.&nbsp; He was not a very old
+man; his hair was not yet grey upon his head; and yet it seemed,
+at the first glance, as if he was very old.&nbsp; But as you
+looked closer, you saw that it was not so; but that many, many
+thoughts had passed through his mind, and left those deep marks
+stamped even on his face.&nbsp; It was not only sorrow, though
+there was much of that; nor care, though he was now full of care;
+but besides these, it seemed as if he had seen, and done, and
+felt great things&mdash;things in which all a man&rsquo;s soul is
+called up, and so, which leave their impress behind them, even
+when they have passed away.</p>
+<p>He <span class="smcap">had</span> seen great things, and felt
+great things.&nbsp; He had seen God&rsquo;s most holy angels
+going up to heaven, and coming down to earth upon their messages
+of mercy.&nbsp; He had heard the voice of the Lord of all,
+promising to be his Father and his Friend.&nbsp; And only the
+night before, <!-- page 165--><a name="page165"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 165</span>the Angel of the covenant had made
+himself known to him in the stillness of his lonely tent, and
+made him strong to wrestle with him for a blessing, until the
+breaking of the day.&nbsp; So that it was no wonder, that when
+you looked into his face, it was not like the face of a common
+man, but one which was full of thought, which bore almost
+outwardly the stamp of great mysteries.</p>
+<p>But what was it which now filled this man with care?&nbsp; He
+was returning home from a far land where he had been staying
+twenty years, to the land where his father dwelt.&nbsp; He had
+gone out a poor man; he was coming home a rich man.&nbsp; He was
+bringing back with him his wives, and his children, and his
+servants, and his flocks, and his herds; and of what was he
+afraid?&nbsp; Surely he could trust the God who had kept him and
+blessed him all these twenty years, and who had led him now so
+far on his journey?</p>
+<p><!-- page 166--><a name="page166"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+166</span>Why should he fear now, when he was almost at his
+father&rsquo;s tent?</p>
+<p>It was because he heard that <span class="smcap">his
+brother</span> was coming to meet him.&nbsp; But why should this
+fill him with such fear?&nbsp; Surely it would be a happy
+meeting; brothers born of the same father and of the same mother,
+who had dwelt together in one tent, kneeled before one
+father&rsquo;s knees in prayer, and joined together in the common
+plays of childhood,&mdash;surely their meeting must be happy, now
+that they have been twenty years asunder, and God has blessed
+them both, and they are about to see each other again in peace
+and safety, and to shew to each other the children whom God had
+given them, and who must remind them of their days of common
+childhood.&nbsp; And why then is the man afraid?&nbsp; Because
+when he left his father&rsquo;s house this brother was very angry
+with him, and he fears that he may have remembered his anger all
+these twenty years, and be <!-- page 167--><a
+name="page167"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 167</span>ready now
+to revenge himself for that old quarrel.</p>
+<p>And yet, why should this make such an one to fear?&nbsp; Even
+if his brother be still angry with him, and have cruel and evil
+thoughts against him, cannot God deliver him?&mdash;cannot the
+same God who has kept him safely all these twenty years of toil
+and labour, help and save him now?&nbsp; Why then does he fear so
+greatly?&nbsp; He has not forgotten that this God can save
+him&mdash;he has not for a moment forgotten it; for see how
+earnestly he makes his prayer unto Him: hear his vows that if God
+will again deliver him, he and all of his shall ever praise and
+serve him for this mercy.&nbsp; Yet still he is in fear; and he
+seems like a man who thought that there was some reason why the
+God who had heard him in other cases should not hear him in
+this.</p>
+<p>What was it, then, which pressed so heavily upon this
+man&rsquo;s mind?&nbsp; It was <!-- page 168--><a
+name="page168"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 168</span>the
+remembrance of an old sin.&nbsp; He feared that God would leave
+him now to Esau&rsquo;s wrath, because he knew that Esau&rsquo;s
+wrath was God&rsquo;s punishment of his sin.&nbsp; He feared that
+Esau&rsquo;s hand would slay his children, as God&rsquo;s
+chastisement for the sins of his childhood.&nbsp; He remembered
+that he had lied to Isaac his father, and mocked the dimness of
+his aged eyes by a false appearance; now he trembled lest his
+father&rsquo;s God should leave the deceiver and the mocker to
+eat the bitter fruit of his old sin.&nbsp; It was not so much
+Esau&rsquo;s wrath, and Esau&rsquo;s company, and Esau&rsquo;s
+arms, which he feared&mdash;though all these were very terrible
+to this peaceful man,&mdash;as it was his own sin in days long
+past, which now met him again, and seemed to frown upon him from
+the darkness before him.&nbsp; In vain did he strive to look on
+and see whether God would guide him there, for his sin clouded
+over the light of God&rsquo;s countenance.&nbsp; It was as when
+<!-- page 169--><a name="page169"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+169</span>he strained his eyes into the great sand-drifts of the
+desert through which he had passed: they danced and whirled
+fearfully before him, and baffled all the strivings of his
+earnest gaze.</p>
+<p>But the time of trial was drawing very near.&nbsp; And how did
+it end?&nbsp; Instead of falling upon him and slaying him and
+his; instead of making a spoil of the oxen, and the asses, and
+the camels, and giving the young children to the sword,
+Esau&rsquo;s heart melted as soon as they met; he fell upon his
+brother&rsquo;s neck and kissed him; he looked lovingly upon the
+children who had been born to him in the far land; he spake
+kindly of the old days of their remembered childhood, of the
+grey-haired man at home; and he would not take even the present
+which his brother had set apart for him.</p>
+<p>Jacob knew who it was that had turned his brother&rsquo;s
+heart, and he felt more than ever what a strong and blessed thing
+prayer <!-- page 170--><a name="page170"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 170</span>and supplication was.&nbsp; Nor did
+he forget his childhood&rsquo;s sin against his God.&nbsp; It had
+looked out again upon him in manhood, and reminded him of
+God&rsquo;s holiness, of his many past misdeeds, and made him
+pray more earnestly not to be made to &ldquo;possess the
+iniquities of his youth.&rdquo;</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Father</i>.&nbsp; What should we learn from this account of
+Jacob&rsquo;s meeting Esau?</p>
+<p><i>Child</i>.&nbsp; That God remembers and often visits long
+afterwards the sins of our childhood.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Does not God, then, forgive the sins of children?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Yes, He does forgive them, and blot them out for
+Christ&rsquo;s sake.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; Why, then, do we say that He visits them?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Because He often allows the effects of past sins to
+be still their punishment, even when He has forgiven them.</p>
+<p><!-- page 171--><a name="page171"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+171</span>F.&nbsp; Why does He do so?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; To shew us how He hates sin.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What should we learn from this?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; To watch against every sin most carefully, because we
+never can know what may be its effects; to remember how God has
+punished it, often for years, in His true servants; to pray
+against sin; to think no sin little.</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What should we do, if we find the consequences of
+past sin coming upon us?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; Take our chastisement meekly; humble ourselves under
+God&rsquo;s hand; pray for deliverance, as, &ldquo;Remember not
+the sins of my youth, nor my transgressions: according to thy
+mercy remember thou me for thy goodness&rsquo; sake, O
+Lord&rdquo; (Ps. xxv. 7).</p>
+<p>F.&nbsp; What should be the effect on us when God hears our
+prayer, and delivers us?</p>
+<p>C.&nbsp; It should make us more humbly remember <!-- page
+172--><a name="page172"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+172</span>our sins and unworthiness, and strive to shew forth our
+thankfulness, &ldquo;not with our lips only, but in our
+lives.&rdquo;</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p172.jpg">
+<img alt="Finis" src="images/p172.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span
+class="smcap">london</span>:<br />
+<span class="smcap">printed by gilbert &amp; rivington</span>,<br
+/>
+St. John&rsquo;s Square.</p>
+<h2>Footnotes:</h2>
+<p><a name="footnote6"></a><a href="#citation6"
+class="footnote">[6]</a>&nbsp; Rev. xxii. 2.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45a"></a><a href="#citation45a"
+class="footnote">[45a]</a>&nbsp; Lover of God.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45b"></a><a href="#citation45b"
+class="footnote">[45b]</a>&nbsp; Wanderer.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45c"></a><a href="#citation45c"
+class="footnote">[45c]</a>&nbsp; Timid.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote46"></a><a href="#citation46"
+class="footnote">[46]</a>&nbsp; Help.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote49a"></a><a href="#citation49a"
+class="footnote">[49a]</a>&nbsp; Prov. ii. 19.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote49b"></a><a href="#citation49b"
+class="footnote">[49b]</a>&nbsp; Ps. cxix. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote76"></a><a href="#citation76"
+class="footnote">[76]</a>&nbsp; Isaiah xlii. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote79a"></a><a href="#citation79a"
+class="footnote">[79a]</a>&nbsp; Isaiah xxxv. 3, 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote79b"></a><a href="#citation79b"
+class="footnote">[79b]</a>&nbsp; Ps. cxix. 67.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote80"></a><a href="#citation80"
+class="footnote">[80]</a>&nbsp; Isaiah xxxv. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote95a"></a><a href="#citation95a"
+class="footnote">[95a]</a>&nbsp; Bold, or Rash.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote95b"></a><a href="#citation95b"
+class="footnote">[95b]</a>&nbsp; Tender.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote96"></a><a href="#citation96"
+class="footnote">[96]</a>&nbsp; Faith.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote148a"></a><a href="#citation148a"
+class="footnote">[148a]</a>&nbsp; Matt. xxv. 30.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote148b"></a><a href="#citation148b"
+class="footnote">[148b]</a>&nbsp; Ib. xxv. 46.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ROCKY ISLAND***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 20541-h.htm or 20541-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/0/5/4/20541
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+</pre></body>
+</html>
diff --git a/20541-h/images/p0.jpg b/20541-h/images/p0.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8a6768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/images/p0.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541-h/images/p115.jpg b/20541-h/images/p115.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2f612a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/images/p115.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541-h/images/p156.jpg b/20541-h/images/p156.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70a12e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/images/p156.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541-h/images/p172.jpg b/20541-h/images/p172.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56a6607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/images/p172.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541-h/images/p98.jpg b/20541-h/images/p98.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9575991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541-h/images/p98.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/20541.txt b/20541.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f48dea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3077 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Rocky Island, by Samuel Wilberforce
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Rocky Island
+ and Other Similitudes
+
+
+Author: Samuel Wilberforce
+
+
+
+Release Date: February 7, 2007 [eBook #20541]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ROCKY ISLAND***
+
+
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1849 (tenth) Francis & John Rivington edition by
+David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+
+
+
+
+THE ROCKY ISLAND,
+AND
+OTHER SIMILITUDES.
+
+
+BY SAMUEL WILBERFORCE, D.D.
+LORD BISHOP OF OXFORD.
+
+"Fed my lambs."--S. JOHN xxi. 15.
+
+TENTH EDITION
+
+LONDON:
+FRANCIS & JOHN RIVINGTON,
+ST. PAUL'S CHURCH YARD, AND WATERLOO PLACE.
+1849.
+
+{The Rocky Island: p0.jpg}
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The advertisement to a work of similar character to the present expresses
+the author's principle and wishes as to this little volume. It is
+constructed on the same plan, and, like the former, has had the test of
+the observations of his own children before it was given to the public.
+The reception of "Agathos" has shewn that many parents have felt the want
+which these little volumes are intended to supply, and leads the author
+to hope that he has in some measure been able to meet it.
+
+It is a peculiar gratification to him to be able thus to enter many a
+Christian household, and fulfil, in some measure, his Master's charge,
+"Feed my lambs."
+
+May it please God to give His blessing to this new attempt.
+
+S. W
+
+_Winchester_, _Sept._ 29, 1840.
+
+
+
+
+The Rocky Island.
+
+
+I saw in my dream a rough rocky island rising straight out of the midst
+of a roaring sea. In the midst of the island rose a black steep
+mountain; dark clouds rested gloomily upon its top; and into the midst of
+the clouds it cast forth ever and anon red flames, which lit them up like
+the thick curling smoke at the top of a furnace-chimney. Peals of loud
+thunder sounded constantly from these thick clouds; and now and then
+angry lightning shot its forked tongue, white, and red, and blue, from
+the midst of them, and fell upon the rocks, or the few trees which just
+clung to their sides, splitting them violently down, and scattering the
+broken and shivered pieces on all sides. It was a sad, dreary-looking
+island at the first view, and I thought that no one could dwell in it;
+but as I looked closer at its shores, I saw that they were covered with
+children at play. A soft white sand formed its beach, and there these
+children played. I saw no grown people among them; but the children were
+all busy--some picking up shells; some playing with the bright-coloured
+berries of a prickly dwarf-plant which grew upon those sands; some
+watching the waves as they ran up and then fell back again on that shore;
+some running after the sea-birds, which ran with quick light feet along
+the wet sand, and ever flew off, skimming just along the wave-top, and
+uttering a quick sharp note as the children came close upon them:--so
+some sported in one way, and some in another, but all were busily at
+play. Now I wondered in my dream to see these children thus busy whilst
+the burning mountain lay close behind them, and the thunder made the air
+ring.
+
+Sometimes, indeed, when it shone out redder and fiercer than usual, or
+when the thunder seemed close over their heads, the children would be
+startled for a little while, and run together, and cry, and scream; but
+very soon it was all forgotten, and they were as full of their sports as
+ever.
+
+While I was musing upon this, I saw a man appear suddenly amongst the
+children. He was of a noble and kingly countenance, and yet so gentle
+withal that there was not a child of them all who seemed afraid to look
+in his face, or to listen to his kind voice when he opened his mouth, for
+soon I found that he was speaking to them. "My dear children," I heard
+him say, "you will all be certainly killed, if you stay upon this rocky
+island. Here no one ever grows up happily. Here all play turns into
+death--the burning mountain, and the forked lightning, and the dreadful
+breath of the hill-storm,--these sweep down over all that stay here, and
+slay them all; and if you stay here, for these childish pleasures of
+yours, you will all perish."
+
+Then the children grew very grave, and they gazed one upon another, and
+all looked up into the face of the man, to see if he spoke in earnest.
+They saw directly that he did, for that kind face looked full of care as
+well as of love: so from him they looked out upon the waves of the sea,
+and one whispered to another, "Where shall we go? how shall we ever get
+over that sea? we can never swim across it: had we not better go back,
+and play and be happy, until the time comes for us to die?"
+
+"No," said the man, looking round kindly upon them all; "you cannot swim
+over; you never could get over of yourselves: but you need not stay here
+and die; for I have found a way of escape for you. Follow me, and you
+shall see it."
+
+So I saw that he led them round a high rough rock, to where the calm
+waves of the sea ran up into a little bay, upon the white sand of which
+only a gentle ripple broke with a very pleasant sound. This bay was full
+of boats, small painted boats, with just room in each for one person,
+with a small rudder to guide them at the stern, and a little sail as
+white as snow, and over all a flag, on which a bright red cross was
+flapping in the gentle sea-breeze.
+
+Then when the children saw these beautiful boats, they clapped their
+little hands together for very joy of heart. But the man spoke to them
+again and said, "You will all have a deep, and dangerous, and stormy sea
+to pass over in these little boats. They will carry you quite safely, if
+you are careful to do just as I bid you, for then neither are wind nor
+the sea can harm them; but they will bear you safely over the foaming
+waves to a bright and beautiful land--to a country where there is no
+burning mountain, and no angry lightning, and no bare rocks, and no
+blasting hill-storm; but where there are trees bearing golden fruits by
+the side of beautiful rivers, into which they sweep their green boughs.
+There the trees are always green, and the leaves ever fresh. There the
+fruit ripens every month, {6} and the very leaves upon the trees are
+healing. There is always glad and joyful light. There are happy
+children who have passed this sea; and there are others who have grown
+old full of happiness; there are some of your fathers, and mothers, and
+brothers, and sisters; and there am I ever present to keep and to comfort
+you." Now when they heard this, all the children wished to jump into the
+boats, and he was kindly ready to help them, only he put each one in
+carefully and slowly; and as he put him in, he gave him his charge. He
+told them that they must never look round to this island they were
+leaving, but must be always setting their faces towards the happy land
+they sought for. He told them that they must leave behind them all the
+shells and the berries which had pleased them here, for if they tried to
+take these with them in their boats, some accident would certainly befall
+them. Then some of the children, when they heard all this, drew secretly
+away, and ran round the point, and gave up the boats and the sea, and
+began their old idle play again. And some of them, I thought, hid the
+shells and the berries they had got, and then jumped into the boat,
+pretending they had left all behind them.
+
+Then I saw that the man gave different presents to each of them, as they
+seated themselves in the boat. One was a little compass in a wooden box.
+"This," he said, "will always shew you which way to steer; you are to
+follow me, for I shall always be before you on the waters; but often when
+the darkness of the night comes on, or the thick mist seethes up from the
+wave's brim, or the calm has fallen upon you so that your boat has stood
+still,--often at such times as these you may not be able even to mark my
+track before you: then you must look at the compass, and its finger will
+always point true and straight to where I am; and if you will follow me
+there, you will be safe." He gave them, too, a musical instrument, which
+made a soft murmuring sound when they breathed earnestly into it; "and
+this," he said, "you must use when you are becalmed and so cannot get on,
+or when the waves swell into a storm around you and threaten to swallow
+you up." He gave them, too, bread and water for many days.
+
+So I saw that they all set out upon their voyage, and a beautiful sight
+it was to look upon. Their snow-white sails upon the deep sea shone like
+stars upon the blue of the firmament; and now they all followed close
+upon the leader's ship, and their little boats danced lightly and
+joyfully over the trackless waves, which lifted up their breasts to waft
+them over: and so they started. But I looked again in a little while,
+and they were beginning to be scattered very widely asunder: here and
+there three or four of the boats kept well together, and followed
+steadily in the track of the leader's vessel; then there was a long space
+of the sea with no boat upon it at all; then came a straggler or two, and
+then another company; and then, far off on the right and on the left,
+were other boats, which seemed to be wandering quite away from the
+leader's path.
+
+Now, as I watched them closer, I saw that there were many different
+things which drew them away: one I saw, soon after they started, who
+turned back to look at the rocky island, forgetting the man's command. He
+saw the other children playing on the beach; he heard their merry voices;
+and then looking round again towards the sea, it looked rough and dark
+before him; and he forgot the burning mountain, and the terrible thunder,
+and the bright happy land for which he was bound, and the goodly company
+he was in, and the kind face of the kingly man; and he was like one in a
+dream, before whose eyes all sorts of shapes and colours fly, and in
+whose ears all sounds are ringing; and he thought no more of the helm,
+nor watched the sails; and so the driving swell carried his boat idly
+along with its long roll; and in a few minutes more I saw it at the top
+of a white foaming breaker, and then he and it were dashed down upon the
+rocks which girdled the sandy beach, and he was seen again no more.
+
+Then I turned my eyes to two other boats, which were going fast away from
+the true course, for no reason which I could see; but when I looked at
+them more closely, I saw that they were in a sort of angry race; each
+wished to get to the wind-side of the other; and they were so busy
+thinking about this, and looking at one another with angry glances, and
+calling out to one another with angry words, that they forgot to look for
+the leader's ship, or to watch the finger of the compass; and so they
+were going altogether wide of the track along which they should have
+passed.
+
+Then I looked closely at another, which was shooting quite away in
+another direction; and I saw that the poor child had left the rudder, and
+was playing with something in the bottom of the boat; and as I looked
+nearer in it, I saw that it was with some of the bright berries of the
+rocky island which he had brought with him that he was so foolishly busy.
+
+Foolish, indeed, he was; and kind had been the warning of the man who
+bade them leave all these behind: for whilst I was watching him, and
+wondering what would be the end of such a careless voyage, I saw his
+little boat strike suddenly upon a hidden rock, which broke a hole in its
+wooden sides, and the water rushed in, and the boat began to sink, and
+there was no help near, and the poor boy was soon drowned in the midst of
+the waves.
+
+Then I turned sadly away to watch the boats which were following their
+leader; and here, too, I saw strange things; for though the sea when
+looked at from afar seemed just alike to all, yet when I watched any one,
+I saw that he had some difficulties, and some frights, and some helps of
+his own, which I did not see the others have.
+
+Sometimes it would fall all at once quite dark, like a thick night, all
+round a boat; and if he that was in it could hear the voice of a
+companion near him for a little while, that gladdened him greatly; and
+then oftentimes all sound of voices died away, and all was dark, still,
+deep night, and he knew not where to steer. Now if, when this fell upon
+him, the child went straight to his compass, and looked close upon it, in
+spite of the darkness, there came always a faint flashing light out of
+the darkness, which played just over the compass, so as to shew him its
+straight blue finger, if he saw no more; and then, if he took up his
+musical instrument, and blew into it, though the thickness of the heavy
+air seemed at first to drown its sound, yet, after awhile, if he was but
+earnest, I could hear its sweet murmuring sound begin; and then directly
+the child lost his fears, and did not want company; sweet echoes of his
+music talked with his spirit out of the darkness, and within a little
+time the gloom would lift itself quite up again, or melt away into the
+softest light: and lo! he had got on far on his voyage even in this time
+of darkness, so that sometimes he could see the beloved form just before
+him; and at times even the wooded shore of the happy land would lift
+itself up, and shine on his glad eyes, over the level brim of the silver
+sea.
+
+From another boat it would seem that the very air of the heaven died
+away. There it lay, like a painted sail in a picture--the snow-white
+canvass drooping lazily, or flapping to and fro, as the long dull swell
+heaved up the boat, and let it sink again into the trough of the waves:
+other boats, but a little way off, would sail by with a full breeze; but
+he could not move; his very flag shewed no sign of life. Now if the
+little sailor began to amuse himself when this happened, it seemed to me
+that there he lay, and would lie, till the dark night overtook him, and
+parted him from all his company. But if, instead of this, he took up his
+musical instrument, and played upon it with all his earnestness, its soft
+breath, as it whispered to the wind, soon woke up its gentle sighing; the
+long flag lifted itself on high; the blood-red cross waved over the
+water; the snowy sails swelled out, and the little boat danced on along
+its joyful way.
+
+I noticed also that before those boats which were passing on the fastest,
+the sea would every now and then look very dark and threatening. Great
+waves would seem to lift their white heads just before them; whilst every
+where else the sea looked calm and enticing. Then the little sailor
+would strain his eye after his master's course, or look down at the
+faithful compass; and by both of these sure signs he saw that his way lay
+straight through these threatening waves. Well was it for him, if, with
+a bold heart and a faithful hand, he steered right into them. For always
+did I see, that just as he got where it seemed to be most dangerous, the
+tossing waves sank, as if to yield him an easy passage; the wind favoured
+him more than at any part of his voyage; and he got on in the right way
+faster than ever before. Especially was this so, if at first he was
+somewhat tossed, and yet held straight on; for then he shot into a glassy
+calm, where tide and wind bore him steadily along unto the desired haven.
+But sad was it for him, if, instead of then trusting to the compass, he
+steered for the smoother water. One or two such trembling sailors I
+especially observed. One of them had long been sailing with the foremost
+boats; he had met with less darkness, fewer mists or troubled places,
+than the boats around him; and when he saw the white crests of the
+threatening waves lift up their strength before him, his heart began to
+sink; and after wavering for a moment, he turned his little boat aside to
+seek the calmer water. Through it he seemed to be gliding on most
+happily, when all at once his little boat struck upon a hidden sandbank,
+and was fixed so firmly on its side, that it could not get afloat again.
+I saw not his end; but I sadly feared that when next the sea wrought with
+a troubled motion, and the surf broke upon that bank, his little boat
+must soon be shivered, and he perish in the waves.
+
+The other who turned aside followed closely after him; for this was one
+thing which I noted through all the voyage. Whenever one boat went
+astray, some thoughtless follower or other would forget his compass, to
+sail after the unhappy wanderer; and it often happened that these
+followers of others went the farthest wrong of any. So it was in this
+case; for when the first boat struck upon the sandbank, the other,
+thinking to escape it, bore still farther off; and so chancing to pass
+just where the shoal ended, and an unruly current swept by its farthest
+edge, the boat was upset in a moment, and the poor child in it drowned.
+
+And now I turned to three or four boats which had kept together from the
+time they left the harbour. Few were forwarder than they; few had
+smoother water or more prosperous gales. I could see, when I looked
+close into their faces, that they were all children of one family; and
+that all the voyage through they were helping, cheering, and directing
+one another. As I watched their ways, I noticed this, too, which seemed
+wonderful. If one of them had got into some trouble with its tackle, and
+the others stayed awhile to help it, and to bring it on its way, instead
+of losing ground by this their kindness, they seemed all to make the
+greater progress, and press on the further in their course.
+
+And now I longed to see the ending of this voyage; and so looking on to
+those which were most forward, I resolved to trace them to the end.
+
+Then I found that all, without exception, came into a belt of storms and
+darkness before they reached the happy land. True, it was much rougher
+and more dark with some than others; but to every one there was a deep
+night and a troubled sea. I saw, too, that when they reached this place,
+they were always parted one from another. Even those which had kept most
+close together all the voyage before, until just upon the edge of this
+dark part, they, like the rest, were scattered here, and toiled on awhile
+singly and alone.
+
+They seemed to me to fare the best who entered on it with the fullest
+sails, and had kept hitherto the straightest course. Indeed, as a common
+rule I found this always true--that those who had watched the compass,
+and held the rudder, and cheered themselves with the appointed music, and
+eaten the master's bread, and steered straight after him, they passed
+through this cloud and darkness easily and swiftly.
+
+Next to these were those who sought most earnestly to cheer its gloom
+with the sound of their appointed music. The Lord of these seas, indeed,
+had many ways of cheering His followers. Even in the thickest of that
+darkness His face of beaming love would look out upon them; and He seemed
+nearer to them then than He had done heretofore through all their voyage.
+
+Then, moreover, it was never long; and bright light lay beyond it. For
+they passed straight out of it into "the haven where they would be."
+Sweet sounds broke upon their glad ears even as they left that darkness.
+A great crowd of happy children--parents who had gone before them--friends
+whom they had loved, and holy persons whose names they had long
+known--these all lined the banks, waiting to receive and welcome them.
+Amidst these moved up and down shining forms of beautiful beings, such as
+the children's eyes had seen only in some happy dream; and they, too,
+were their friends; they, too, waited for them on the bank; they, too,
+welcomed them with singing, and bore the happy new-comer with songs of
+triumph into the shining presence of the merciful King. Then, on the
+throne royal, and with the glorious crown upon His head, they saw the
+same kind face of gentle majesty which had looked upon them when they
+played on the shores of that far rocky isle. They heard again the voice
+which had bid them fly the burning mountain. They saw Him who had taken
+them into His convoy; who had given them their boats; who had been near
+them in the storm; who had given them light in the darkness; who had
+helped them in the dull calm; who had never left them; but who had kept
+and guided them across the ocean; and who now received them to His never-
+ending rest.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Father_. Who are the children playing on the shores of the rocky
+island?
+
+_Child_. The fallen children of fallen parents, born into this sinful
+world.
+
+F. What does the burning mountain, and the lightning, and the
+hill-storm, represent?
+
+C. The wrath of God ever burning against sinners.
+
+F. Who is He who warned these thoughtless children?
+
+C. The Lord Jesus, who, by His ministers, warns men to "flee from the
+wrath to come."
+
+F. What are the boats by which they are to escape?
+
+C. The "ark of Christ's Church," into which we are admitted by baptism.
+
+F. Many of the children who embarked in the boats were lost,--what is
+shewn by this?
+
+C. That it is not enough to be received into the congregation of
+Christ's flock; but that we must always "manfully fight under His banner
+against the world, the flesh, and the devil, and continue Christ's
+faithful soldiers and servants unto our lives' end."
+
+F. What is the compass, and the musical instrument, and the bread, and
+the water?
+
+C. God's word, and the privilege of prayer and holy sacraments, and the
+other gifts of God to His Church.
+
+F. What is the gentle wind which the musical instrument awoke?
+
+C. The grace of God's Holy Spirit, promised to the members of His
+Church, to be sought by earnest prayer, and in all the means of grace.
+
+F. What means the boy playing with the berries, and so striking on the
+rock?
+
+C. One who having been given up to Christ in baptism follows worldly
+pleasures, and so "makes shipwreck of the faith."
+
+F. What are the dark places and calms into which different boats enter?
+
+C. The different temptations and dangers of the Christian life.
+
+F. What are the threatening waves which seemed to be right ahead of the
+boat?
+
+C. The dangers and self-denials which they must meet with who will
+follow Christ.
+
+F. What is meant by the boat which turned aside, and ran upon the shoal?
+
+C. That they who will turn aside from following Christ because danger
+and self-denials meet them cannot reach heaven.
+
+F. What is shewn in the boat which followed this one?
+
+C. How ready we are to follow a bad example, and go beyond it.
+
+F. What was the little company of boats which kept together?
+
+C. A Christian family earnestly serving God.
+
+F. Why did those who helped others find that they got on the fastest?
+
+C. Because God, who has bid us "bear one another's burdens, and so
+fulfil the law of Christ," will greatly help and bless all such.
+
+F. What is the belt of storm and darkness which all must pass through?
+
+C. Death.
+
+F. Why were all separated in it?
+
+C. Because we must die alone.
+
+F. Who are those that generally passed through it most easily?
+
+C. Those whose life had been most holy and obedient. "Keep innocency,
+and take heed unto the thing that is right; for that shall bring a man
+peace at the last" (Ps. xxxvii. 38).
+
+F. Who were the next?
+
+C. Those who entered on it with much prayer.
+
+F. What was their great support in it?
+
+C. The presence of Jesus Christ our Lord.
+
+F. What declaration have we on this subject in God's word?
+
+C. "When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee." "I am
+the resurrection and the life; he that believeth on me shall never die."
+
+F. What lies beyond this to the faithful Christian?
+
+C. The blessed rest of paradise and the bright glories of heaven.
+
+
+
+
+The Vision of the Three States.
+
+
+I saw, in my vision, two glorious creatures walking together through a
+beautiful garden. I thought at first they must be angels, so bright and
+happy did they seem. The garden, also, in which they were, seemed too
+beautiful for earth. Every flower which I had ever seen, and numbers
+which my eye had never looked upon, grew in abundance round them. They
+walked, as it were, upon a carpet of flowers. The breeze was quite full
+of the rich scent which arose from them. The sun shone upon them with a
+brightness such as I had never seen before; whilst the air sparkled with
+myriads of winged things, which flew here and there, as if to shew how
+happy they were.
+
+All through the garden, too, I saw every sort of beast, in all its
+natural grace and beauty; and all at peace. Great lions moved about
+amongst tender sheep; and striped tigers lay down quietly to sleep
+amongst the dappled fawns which sported around them. But, amidst all
+these beautiful sights, my eyes followed more than all, the two glorious
+forms which were walking together with such a kingly majesty through the
+happy garden: they were, truly, I could see, beings of this earth; they
+were talking to each other; they were speaking of ONE who had made them
+out of the dust of the earth; who had given to them living souls: who was
+their Father and their Friend; who had planted for them this beautiful
+garden, and made them the rulers of all that was in it.
+
+Now I marked them as they talked, and I could see that their eyes were
+often turned from all the beauty round them towards one far end of the
+garden; and as I watched them, I saw that they were still passing on
+towards it. Then I also fixed my eyes there, and in a while I could see
+that, at the end of the garden to which they were moving, there was a
+bright light, brighter and purer than the light of the sun; and I thought
+that in it I could see here and there heavenly forms moving up and down,
+flying upon silver wings, or borne along upon the light breath of the
+sunny air. But as I strained my eyes to pierce into it, it seemed to
+dazzle and confound them by its great lustre. Then, again, I heard the
+words of the two; and they spake of what was before them; of the bright
+light, and the heavenly forms: and I found that they were only travellers
+through this beautiful garden; that the King who had placed them in it
+dwelt in that light, the brightness of which had so confounded my gaze;
+that they were on their way to His presence, and that when they reached
+it, they should be happy for ever; even as those shining spirits were
+already, whose golden figures I had been just able to discover.
+
+Now, whilst I was pondering upon these things, and casting my eyes round
+and round this beautiful garden, I heard all at once a most terrible
+sound, as of thunder, such as man's ears had never heard. I looked up,
+and the bright light at the end of the garden seemed to turn itself into
+angry fire, and to flash red and threatening through thick black clouds,
+which were forming themselves into terrible shapes all over the garden.
+Then I looked for the two that I had seen before: I could just see them;
+sorrow sat upon their faces, and fear made them deadly pale; a serpent
+was gliding from them into the bushes; and their eyes were fixed upon the
+air, as though voices, which I heard not, were speaking terrible things
+to their inner ears. Then, as I looked, it grew darker and darker--the
+thunder pealed all round me--cries came forth from every hill, as of
+fierce and deadly beasts in wild dreadful fight. The flowers round me
+were withering up, as if a burning blight had passed over them; and soon
+it was all dark, and dreary, and desolate.
+
+Then when my heart was very heavy within me, methought there stood by me
+one of the forms of light whom I had seen at the garden's end; and my
+knees smote together through fear of his glory; but he looked upon me
+kindly, and spoke to me in a voice of pity, and he said, "Wouldst thou
+see the end of this sight?" Then my heart gathered courage, and I told
+him, that if it were lawful, I would indeed fain look upon it.
+
+With that he lifted me, and we flew through the air, and I knew not where
+he had borne me; but in a while he set me on my feet, and bade me look
+right down beneath me. Then I looked down at his word, but could see
+nothing. My eyes seemed to rest upon the thick mantle of the night, and
+they could not pierce through it. Now, while I was striving to pierce
+through the darkness, strange noises rose from it to my ears. All sounds
+that ever were, came up from it, so mingled together that I could not say
+what they were. Whether it were a groan, or a cry, or a roaring, or
+music, or shouting, or the voice of anger or of sorrow; for all of these
+seemed joined together into one; but the groaning was louder than the
+laughing, and the voice of crying well nigh drowned the music. Then I
+asked my guide what was this strange noise; and he told me that it was
+the voice of all THE WORLD, as it rose up to the ears of those that were
+on high. Then I begged of him, if it might be, to let me see those from
+whom it came. With that he touched my eyes; and now methought, though
+the darkness remained, that I could see in the midst of its thickness,
+even as in the brightness of the day.
+
+It was a strange place into which I looked. Instead of the beautiful
+garden I had seen before, and two glorious creatures passing through it;
+now I saw a multitude of men, women, and children, passing on through a
+waste and desolate wilderness. Here and there, indeed, there were still
+flowery spots, but they were soon trodden down by the feet of those who
+passed along. Strange too were their steps. Now, instead of passing
+straight on, they moved round and round, for they were all in the black
+darkness. The ground was full of pitfalls, in the low bottoms of which I
+could see red fire burning fierce and hot, and one after another fell
+over into these pitfalls, and I saw them no more. Evil beasts, too,
+moved amongst them, slaying one, and tearing another; and as if this was
+not enough, oftentimes they would quarrel and fight with one another,
+until the ground all around was covered with their bodies strewed upon
+it.
+
+Yet for all this, some would sing, and dance, and frolic; and this seemed
+to me the saddest of all, for they were like mad men; and mad in truth
+they were, for in the midst of their dancing and their singing, one and
+another would get near the side of some great pitfall, and step over into
+its flames, even with the song upon their lips.
+
+In vain did I strain my eyes to see any light at the end, as I had seen
+it in the garden. If it was there, the black clouds had rolled over it
+so thick and dark that not a ray of it was left.
+
+Yet I heard one and another offering to lead those that would follow
+them, safely through this terrible wilderness; and such men never wanted
+followers: so I watched many of these leaders, to see what they would do
+for those that trusted them. Little help could any of them render. Some
+put their followers on a path which led straight down into the deepest
+and most frightful pitfalls; some set them on a path which wandered round
+and round, and brought them at the end back to the same place from which
+they started; some led them into thorny places, where the poor pilgrims
+pierced their bleeding feet with many a wound: but not one did I see who
+brought them into any better place, or took them any nearer to their
+journey's end.
+
+How they found their way at all, was at first my wonder. But as I looked
+more closely, I saw in all their hands little lanterns, which just threw
+a feeble light upon the darkness round them. These were always brightest
+in the young, for they soon grew very dim; and the falls and blows they
+met with, bruised and shattered them so much, that some had hardly any
+glimmering left, even of the feeble light which they had seemed to cast
+of old.
+
+I looked at them until my heart was very sad, for there was no peace, no
+safety, no hope; but all went heavily and sadly, groaning and weeping, or
+laughing like madmen, until, sooner or later, they seemed all to perish
+in the fearful pitfalls!
+
+Then my angel-guide spoke to me again, marking my sadness, and he said,
+"Hast thou well observed this sight?" and I answered, "Yes." Then he
+said, "And wouldst thou see more?" So when I had said "yes," methought
+we were once more flying through the air, until again he set me on my
+feet, and bid me look down. Now here, too, strange noises reached my
+ears; but as I listened to them, I found that there were mixed with them
+such sounds as I had not heard before. Sweet clear voices came up now
+from the din, speaking, as it were from one close by me, words of faith,
+and of hope, and of love; and they sounded to me like the happy talking
+which I had heard at the first between the glorious beings in the garden.
+
+So when my guide touched my eyes, I bent them eagerly down into the
+darkness below me.
+
+At first I thought that it was the same place I had seen last, for there
+was a busy multitude passing to and fro; and there was music and dancing,
+and sobbing and crying; there were pitfalls, too, and wild beasts. But
+as I looked closer, I saw that, in spite of all this, it was not the
+place that I had seen before. Even at a glance I could see that there
+were many more flowers here than there; and that many amongst the
+pilgrims were going straight on, with happy faces, by a road which passed
+safely by all the pitfalls. I could see, too, that at the end of the
+road was a dim shining of that happy light which had been so bright in
+the beautiful garden.
+
+Now, as I looked, I saw that there were but a few who kept to this
+straight safe road, and that many were scattered all over the plain. I
+saw many leave this path even as I looked upon it; and very few did I see
+come back to it: those who did, seemed to me to find it very hard to get
+into it again; whether it was that its sides were slippery, or its banks
+so steep, many fainted and gave up, after trying to climb into it again.
+But it seemed quite easy to leave it; for every one who left it went on
+at first lightly and pleasantly. Sometimes, indeed, they seemed greatly
+startled after taking their first step out of it, and some of them turned
+straight back, and after a few struggles, more or less, such always got
+into it again. But if once after this first check they set out for the
+plain, they seemed to go easily along, until their path lay straight by
+the den of some destroying beast, or led them into the midst of the
+pitfalls, where they wholly lost their reckoning, and knew not how to get
+on, or how to get back.
+
+I saw, too, after a while, that they had got lanterns in their hands,
+some of which gave a great deal of light. Those which were carried along
+the narrow path shot out bright rays on all sides, until towards the end
+they quite blazed with light. I could see, too, that these travellers
+had some way of trimming and dressing their lamps; and that much of their
+light seemed to come from an open book which they carried in their hands,
+from the leaves of which there flashed out continually streams of light,
+which made their lamps burn so brightly that all their road shone with
+it. But as they got further and further from the path, their lamps began
+to burn dim. All these travellers, too, had the book of light closed; or
+if they now and then opened it, they shut it up again, some carelessly,
+and some as if its light frightened them; and not one could I see who
+stopped to trim his light: so that just when they got amongst the
+pitfalls, and wanted light the most, they were all the most nearly in
+darkness.
+
+Now, when I had looked at them for a space, and wondered, my guide said
+to me, "Wouldst thou see how they enter on this plain?" Then he took me
+to a fair porch, which came from the wilderness I had looked upon before;
+and there I saw a man standing in white robes, and speaking good words,
+and giving good gifts to each one as he came in. There were persons
+coming in of all nations and people, and some, too, of all ages, though
+the greatest number were little children, so small that their little
+hands would not hold the man's gifts, and so he hung them round their
+necks, for them to use as soon as they were able.
+
+Then I joined myself to the group, to hear and see the better what was
+passing. The man in white was speaking with a grave kind voice as I came
+up. He told the pilgrims that the great Lord of the land had built that
+porch, and set him there to help the poor travellers, who were before
+without hope or help amongst the beasts, and snares, and pitfalls of the
+terrible wilderness; he told them that the blood of the King's own Son
+had been shed, that that porch might be built; that the King had prepared
+them a narrow way to walk in, which led straight from that porch to His
+own blessed presence, and that they might all pass along it safely if
+they would; he told them that if they left that path, they would surely
+get again amongst the pitfalls which they had left in the wilderness;
+nay, that they would be worse off than they had been even there, for that
+there was no other porch where they could again be set right, and no
+other place where the gifts that he was giving them now, could ever be
+got any more, if they were once thrown quite away.
+
+Then I looked to see what these gifts were. I saw the man bring forth
+clear and sparkling water, which shone as if with living light; and with
+this he washed from them the dirt and the bruises of the terrible
+wilderness: with this, too, he touched their little lamps, and as it
+touched them, they grew so bright and clear, that the light within poured
+freely forth on all around them. Then he looked in their faces, and gave
+them a name, which he wrote down in the King's book; and he told them,
+that by this name they should be known, not only by their
+fellow-travellers, but that this would remain written in the King's book
+here, unless they wholly left His path; and that every name which
+remained written here, they would find written in another book in letters
+of gold and of fire, when they reached the other end of the path; and
+that for every pilgrim, whose name was written there, the golden gate
+would open of itself, and he would find a place and a crown in the
+presence of the King.
+
+Then, as he spoke all these glorious words, my heart burned within me to
+see how the travellers sped.
+
+But he had not yet done with them; for he brought out of his stores a
+golden vial for each one; and he told them that in it the King had stored
+the oil of light and beauty for the dressing of their lamps.
+
+Then he shewed them how to use it: not carelessly or lightly, for then
+the oil would not flow; but earnestly, and with great care; and then
+sweet odours issued from the vial, and the flame of the lamp burned
+brightly and high. He gave them, too, the precious light-book, which I
+had seen; and he bade them read in it when it was dark, or the way was
+slippery; and that they should ever find that it was a "lantern unto
+their feet, and a light unto their paths." He put, too, into the hand of
+each a trusty staff, suited to their age; and then he told them, while
+they leant upon it, it would bear them up at many a pinch, and ever grow
+with their growth, and strengthen with their strength. "Church-truth" he
+called these staffs; and they were made after a marvellous fashion, for
+they were as if many wands had been woven together to make one; and as I
+looked, I could see "example," and "experience," and "discipline," and
+"creeds," written upon some of these wands, which grew together into
+"Church-truth."
+
+Then I longed greatly to follow forth some of these whom I had seen under
+the porch; and as I gazed, I saw the man look earnestly into the face of
+a fair boy, who stood before him: he gave him the name of "Gottlieb,"
+{45a} and entered it in the book, and put the staff in his hand, and
+washed him with living water, and hung the vial at his side, and put the
+banded staff into his hands; and, bidding him God-speed, set him out upon
+his journey.
+
+Then he looked steadily into the face of another, and it, too, was fair
+to look upon; but it had not the quiet happy peace of the last. The man
+wrote it down as "Irrgeist;" {45b} and I thought a shade of sadness swept
+over his brow as he gave to him the King's goodly gifts.
+
+Then he sent forth a third, whose timid eye seemed hardly firm enough for
+so long a journey; and I heard the name that was given him, and it was
+"Furchtsam." {45c} Close to him went another, with a firm step, and an
+eye of steady gentleness; and I saw, by the King's book, that he bore the
+name of "Gehulfe." {46}
+
+So these four set out upon their journey; and I followed them to see how
+they should fare. Now, I saw that at first, when they started, they were
+so small that they could not read in the goodly book, neither could they
+use the golden vials; and their little banded sticks would have fallen
+from their hands, if they had not been small and thin, like the first
+green shoots of the spring. Their lamps, too, cast no light outwardly,
+yet still they made some way upon the path; and whilst I wondered how
+this might be, I saw that a loving hand was stretched out of the darkness
+round them, which held them up and guided them on their way.
+
+But, anon, in a while they were grown larger; and I could see Gottlieb
+walking on the first, and his book of light was open in his hand, and his
+lamp burned bright, for he often refreshed it with oil, and he leant upon
+his good staff, and strode along the road.
+
+Then, as he walked on, I saw that there stood upon his path a shadowy
+figure, as of one in flowing robes, and on her head she seemed to wear a
+chaplet of many flowers; in her hands was a cup of what seemed to be
+crystal water, and a basket of what looked like cool and refreshing
+fruit. A beautiful light played all round her, and half shewed her and
+her gifts to the boy. She bid him welcome, as he came up to her; so he
+raised his eyes from his book, and looked to see who spoke to him. Then
+she spoke kindly to him; and she held forth the cup towards him, and
+asked him if he would not drink. Now, the boy was hot with walking, for
+the air was close, so he stretched out his hand to take the cup; but
+though it seemed so near to him, he could not reach it. And at the same
+moment she spake to him again, and asked him to come where these fruits
+grew, and where the breeze whispered amongst the boughs of yonder
+trees,--and there to drink and rest, and then go on his way again. Then
+I saw that she had power to call out of the darkness the likeness of all
+she spoke of. So he looked at the trees to which she pointed; and the
+sun seemed to shine around them, and the shade looked cool and tempting
+under them, and the pleasant breeze rustled amongst their fresh leaves;
+and he thought the road upon which he was travelling was hotter and
+darker, and more tiring than ever; and he put up his hand to his burning
+brow, and she said to him, as he lingered, "come." Now, the trees to
+which she pointed him lay off his road, or he would gladly have rested
+under them; and whilst he doubted what to do, he looked down to the book
+that was open in his hand; and the light shot out upon it bright and
+clear, and the words which he read were these, "None that go unto her
+return again, neither take they hold of the paths of life." {49a} And as
+he read it, he looked again at the stranger; and now he could see more
+clearly through the wild light which played around her, and he knew that
+it was the evil enemy who stood before him; the sparkling cup, too, and
+the fruit, turned into bitter ashes; and the pleasant shady grass became
+a thorny and a troublesome brake: so, pushing by her with the help of his
+staff, he began to mend his pace; and looking down into the book of
+light, there shone out, as in letters of fire, "Wherewithal shall a young
+man cleanse his way? by taking heed thereto according to Thy word." {49b}
+
+Then I saw that he was feeding his lamp, which had begun to grow dim as
+he parleyed with the tempter, and that he ceased not till it streamed out
+as bright and as clear as ever.
+
+But still the air was hot and sultry, and no cool breath blew upon him;
+and if he looked off for a moment from his book, the fair form of the
+tempter stood again beside him in silver light; the cold water sparkled
+close to his lips; and trees with shady boughs waving backward and
+forward over fresh green grass, and full, in every spray, of
+singing-birds, seemed to spring up around him. For a little moment his
+step faltered; but as his lamp streamed out its light, all the vain
+shadows passed away: and I heard him say, as he struck his staff upon the
+ground, "I have made a covenant with my eyes;" and even as she heard it,
+the tempter passed away, and left him to himself. Scarcely was she gone,
+before he passed by the door of a beautiful arbour. It was strewn with
+the softest moss; roses and honeysuckle hung down over its porch; light,
+as from a living diamond, gleamed from its roof; and in the midst of its
+floor, a clear, cool, sparkling stream of the purest water bubbled ever
+up from the deep fountain below it. Now, as this lay on the road,
+Gottlieb halted for a moment to look at it; and the light of his lamp
+waxed not dim, though he thus stayed to see it; the book of fire, too,
+spoke to him of rest, and of halting by "palm-trees and wells of water;"
+and as he looked, he read in letters of light over the door-way--
+
+ Faithful pilgrim, banish fear,
+ Thou mayst enter safely here:
+ Rest for thee thy Lord did win;
+ Faithful pilgrim, enter in.
+
+Then Gottlieb rejoiced greatly, and cast himself gladly upon the mossy
+floor, and bent down his parched lips to drink of the cool spring which
+bubbled up before him.
+
+Now, whilst he was resting safely here, I turned to see how it fared with
+the others who had set out with him from the porch, for they had not got
+as far as Gottlieb.
+
+The first of them was Irrgeist; and when I looked upon him, he was
+drawing near to the place where Gottlieb had fallen in with the tempter.
+Irrgeist was walking quickly on--so quickly that, at the first glance, I
+thought he would soon be by the side of Gottlieb. But, upon looking more
+closely, I saw that Gottlieb's steps had been far more steady and even
+than those with which Irrgeist was pressing on; for Irrgeist's lamp
+burned but dimly, and gave him no sure light to walk in. Very near to
+the place where Gottlieb had met with her, the tempter stood beside
+Irrgeist. He was not looking at his book, as the other had been; and he
+did not wait to be spoken to; for as soon as he saw the light which
+played round her figure, he began to speak to her, and asked who she was.
+She told him that her name was "Pleasure;" and forthwith she shewed to
+him her crystal cup and fruits; and she brought before the charmed eyes
+of the wanderer all the gay show with which she had tried before to
+mislead the faithful Gottlieb. There was the bright sunshine, and the
+green path, and the waving trees, and the rustling of the wind, and the
+song of birds, and the sweet resting-shade. Irrgeist looked eagerly at
+all she shewed him, and in his haste to reach out his hand for the cup,
+he dropped altogether the trusty staff of "Church-truth." Then the cup
+seemed to draw away from him, just as it had done from Gottlieb; but he
+followed thoughtlessly after it. And soon I saw that he left the path
+upon which he had been set; and though he started suddenly as soon as he
+was off it, yet it was but a moment's start,--the cup was close before
+him, the shadowy form led him on, the grass was green, and the trees and
+the sunlight but a little farther.
+
+And now I saw him drink some of the enchanted water; and as he drank it,
+his look grew wild, and his cheek burnt like the cheek of one in a fever;
+and he walked after the deceitful figure with a quicker step than ever:
+but I saw that his lamp was almost out, that the book of living light had
+fallen from his hands, and the golden vial hung down, ready, as it
+seemed, to fall from him altogether.
+
+Still he walked on; and a strange flitting light, from the form which was
+before him, lightened the darkness of the valley, so that he could pass
+on quickly; the meadow, also, was smooth and even, and there was a
+rustling breeze, which played around him: so that he got on faster than
+he had ever done upon the narrow path, and thought that he was getting
+well on to his journey's end. Many times did he put forth his hand for
+the sparkling cup, and drank of it again and again.
+
+But now I saw, as I thought, a strange change which was coming over him;
+for he drank oftener of the bowl, but appeared each time to find it less
+refreshing. Sometimes it seemed almost bitter, and yet he could not but
+take it the very moment he had thrust it from him. The shadowy form,
+also, before him seemed altogether altering; he looked again, and her
+beautiful features and pleasant countenance had changed into a sharp,
+stern, and reproachful frown. His own voice, which had been heretofore
+almost like one singing, grew sad and angry. The very figure of his
+guide seemed vanishing from his eyes; the light which floated round her
+grew wilder and more uncertain, and his own lamp was almost out. He felt
+puzzled and bewildered, and hardly knew which way to go: he had got into
+a broad beaten path, and he found that many besides himself were going
+here and there along it. Sometimes they sang; and, in very bitterness of
+heart, he tried to sing too, that he might not think: but every now and
+then, when a flashing light came, and he saw the look of the travellers
+amongst whom he was, it made his very heart shiver--they looked so sad
+and so wretched. Now, none went straight on: some turned into this path,
+some into that; and then he soon lost sight of them altogether. Sometimes
+he heard fearful cries, as if wild beasts had seized them; sometimes a
+dreadful burst of flame from the horrid pits which I had seen, made him
+fear that they had fallen over into them: for poor Irrgeist had got now
+into the midst of the deep pits and the ravenous beasts. And soon he
+found how terrible was his danger. He had been following one who had
+made him believe that he had light to guide his steps; he had gone with
+him out of the beaten path; and they were pressing on together, when
+Irrgeist suddenly lost sight of him in the darkness; and whether it was
+that he had fallen into a pit, or become the prey of some evil beast,
+Irrgeist knew not; only, he found that he was more alone than ever, and
+near to some great peril. Poor Irrgeist sprang aside with all his force,
+thinking only of the danger which he feared; but, feeling his feet
+slipping under him, he turned, and saw that he had got upon the
+treacherous brink of a fearful pit; down which, at the very moment,
+another pilgrim fell. The fierce red flames rose out of it with a roar
+like thunder, and a blaze like the mouth of a furnace; and the wind blew
+the flames into the face of Irrgeist, so that he was singed and almost
+blinded. Then the poor boy called in the bitterness of his heart upon
+Pleasure, who had led him out of the way, and now had forsaken him; but
+she came no more--only terrible thoughts troubled him; and he heard the
+hissing of serpents as they slid along in the bushes near him, and all
+evil noises sounded in his ears, till he scarcely knew where he was
+standing. Then he thought of his staff, which he had dropped when
+Pleasure had first tempted him, and he grieved that it was gone; and he
+felt in the folds of his mantle, hoping that he might still have the book
+of light within it; for he had too often thrust it there at the beginning
+of his journey; but he could not find it. Then he strove to get some
+light from his little lamp; for, hurt as it was, he had it still in his
+hand, and he thought there was just a little blue light playing most
+faintly within it; but this was not enough to direct him on his way,
+rather did it make his way more dark. Then at last he bethought him of
+the golden vial. Few were there of those near him but had lost theirs
+altogether, and his hung only by a single thread. But it was not gone;
+and when he had striven long, he just drew from it a single drop of oil,
+and he trimmed his lamp, and it yielded forth a little trembling light,
+just enough to shew that it was not altogether dead. With the help of
+this light he saw that when he had dropped his book of fire, one single
+leaf had been torn from it, and stuck to his mantle; so he seized it
+eagerly, and strove to draw light from it; but all that it would yield
+was red and angry-looking light, and all that he could read was, "the way
+of transgressors is hard."
+
+Poor Irrgeist! he sat down almost in despair, and wept as if his heart
+would break. "O, that I had never trusted Pleasure;" "O, that I had
+never left the path;" "O, that I had my book of light, and my lamp's
+former brightness, and my goodly stick;" "O, that one would lighten my
+darkness."
+
+Then did it seem to me as if in the murmur of the air around him two
+voices were speaking to the boy. One was like the gentle voice of the
+man whom I had seen at the porch of the valley; and it seemed to whisper,
+"return," "return;" "mercy," and "forgiveness." And as he listened,
+something like hope mixed with the bitter tears which ran down the face
+of the wanderer. But then would sound the other voice, harsh, and loud,
+and threatening; and it said, "too late," "too late," "despair,"
+"despair."
+
+So the poor boy was sadly torn and scattered in his thoughts by these two
+different voices; but methought, as he guarded his golden vial, and
+strove to trim his dying lamp, that the gentle voice became more
+constant, and the voice of terror more dull and distant.
+
+Then, as I was watching him, all at once the boy sprang up, and he seemed
+to see a light before him, so straight on did he walk: many crossed his
+path and jostled against him, but he cared not; he heard the sweet voice
+plainer and plainer, like the soft murmuring of the cushat dove in the
+early summer, and he would follow where it led. Hitherto his pathway had
+been smooth, and he had hastened along it; but this did not last, for now
+it narrowed almost to a line, and ran straight between two horrible
+pitfalls; so he paused for a moment; but the roaring of a lion was behind
+him, and forward he pressed. It was a sore passage for Irrgeist, for the
+whole ground was strewed with thorns, which pierced his feet at every
+step, and the sparks from the fire-pits flew ever round him, and now and
+then fell in showers over him. Neither did he hear now the pleasant
+sound of the voice of kindness; whether it were that it had died away, he
+knew not, or whether it were that the crackling and roaring of the fierce
+flames, and the voice of the beasts behind, and his own groans and
+crying, drowned its soft music, so that he heard it not.
+
+I had looked at him until I could bear it no more; for the path seemed to
+grow narrower and narrower; the flames from the two pits already almost
+touched; and I could not endure to see, as I feared I should, the little
+one, whom I had watched, become the prey of their devouring fierceness.
+So, with a bitter groan for Irrgeist, I turned me back to the road to see
+how it fared with Furchtsam and Gehulfe.
+
+They had fallen far behind the others from the first. Poor little
+Furchtsam had a trembling tottering gait; and as he walked, he looked on
+this side and on that, as if every step was dangerous. This led him
+often to look off his book of light, and then it would shut up its
+leaves, and then his little lamp grew dimmer and dimmer, and his feet
+stumbled, and he trembled so, that he almost dropped his staff out of his
+hands. Yet still he kept the right path, only he got along it very
+slowly and with pain.
+
+Whether it was that Gehulfe was too tender spirited to leave him, or why
+else, I know not, but he kept close by the little trembler, and seemed
+ever waiting to help him. Many a time did he catch him by the hand when
+he was ready to fall, and speak to him a word of comfort, when without it
+he would have sunk down through fear. So they got on together, and now
+they came to the part of the pathway which the evil enchantress haunted.
+She used all her skill upon them, and brought up before their eyes all
+the visions she could raise; sunshine, and singing-birds, and waving
+boughs, and green grass, and sparkling water, they all passed before
+their eyes,--but they heeded them not: once, indeed, poor Furchtsam for a
+moment looked with a longing eye at the painted sunshine, as if its warm
+light would have driven off some of his fears; but it was but for a
+moment. And as for Gehulfe, whether it was that he was reading his book
+of light too closely, or trimming too carefully his lamp, or helping too
+constantly his trembling friend, for some cause or other he scarcely
+seemed to see the visions which the sorceress had spread around him. So
+when she had tried all her skill for a season, and found it in vain, she
+vanished altogether from them, and they saw her no more. But their
+dangers were not over yet. When Gottlieb passed along this road, he had
+gone on so boldly, that I had not noticed how fearful it was in parts to
+any giddy head or fainting heart. But now I saw well how it terrified
+Furchtsam. For here it seemed to rise straight up to a dangerous height,
+and to become so narrow at the same time, and to be so bare of any side-
+wall or parapet, that it was indeed a giddy thing to pass along it. Yet
+when one walked over it, as Gottlieb did, leaning on his staff of Church-
+truth, reading diligently in his book, and trimming ever and anon his
+lamp, such a light fell upon the narrow path, and the darkness so veiled
+the precipice, that the pilgrim did not know that there was any thing to
+fear. But not so when you stopped to look--then it became terrible
+indeed; you soon lost all sight of the path before you; for the brightest
+lamp only lighted the road just by your feet, and that seemed rising
+almost to an edge, whilst the flash of distant lights here and there
+shewed that a fearful precipice was on each side.
+
+Furchtsam trembled exceedingly when he looked at it; and even Gehulfe,
+when, instead of marching on, he stopped to talk about it, began to be
+troubled with fears. Now, as they looked here and there, Furchtsam saw
+an easy safe-looking path, which promised to lead them in the same
+direction, but along the bottom of the cliffs. Right glad was he to see
+it; and so taking the lead for once, he let fall his staff, that by
+catching hold of the bushes on the bank, he might drop down more easily
+upon the lower path; and there he got with very little trouble.
+
+It was all done in a moment; and when he was out of the path, Gehulfe
+turned round and saw where he was gone. Then he tried to follow after
+him; but he could not draw his staff with him through the gap, or climb
+down the bank without letting it go. And, happily for him, he held it so
+firmly, that after one or two trials he stopped. Then, indeed, was he
+glad, as soon as he had time to think; and he held his good stick firmer
+in his hand than ever, for now he saw plainly that Furchtsam was quite
+out of the road, and that he had himself well-nigh followed him. So
+leaning over the side, he began to call to his poor timid companion, and
+encourage him to mount up again, by the bank which he had slipped down,
+and venture along the right way with him. At first Furchtsam shook his
+head mournfully, and would not hear of it. But when Gehulfe reminded him
+that they had a true promise from the King, that nothing should harm them
+whilst they kept to the high way of holiness, and that the way upon which
+he had now entered was full of pitfalls, and wild beasts, and every sort
+of danger, and that in it he must be alone,--then his reason began to
+come back to him, and Furchtsam saw into what an evil state he had
+brought himself; and with all his heart he wished himself back again by
+the side of Gehulfe. But it was no such easy matter to get back. His
+lamp was so bruised and shaken as he slid down, that it threw scarcely
+any light at all; while it had never seemed, he thought, so dark as it
+did now: he could not see the bushes to which he had clung just before,
+or the half path which had brought him down. Gehulfe's voice from above
+was some guide to him, and shewed him in which direction to turn; but
+when he tried to mount the bank, it was so steep and so slippery, he
+could scarcely cling to it; and he had no staff to lean upon, and no
+friendly hand to help him. Surely if it had not been for the kind
+encouraging voice of Gehulfe, the weak and trembling heart of Furchtsam
+would have failed utterly, and he would have given up altogether.
+
+Now, just at this time, whilst he was reaching out to Furchtsam, and
+urging him to strive more earnestly, he heard a noise as of one running
+upon the path behind him; and he looked round and saw one of the King's
+own messengers coming fast upon it: so when he came up to Gehulfe, he
+stopped and asked him what made him tarry thus upon the King's path. Then
+Gehulfe answered very humbly, that he was striving to help back poor
+Furchtsam into the right way, from which he had been driven by his fears.
+Then the messenger of the King looked upon him kindly, and bid him "fear
+not." "Rightly," he said, "art thou named Gehulfe, for thou hast been
+ready to help the weak; and the Lord, who has bidden his children 'to
+bear one another's burdens,' has watched thee all alone thy way, and
+looked upon thee with an eye of love; and forasmuch as thou seemest to
+have been hindered in thy own course by helping thy brother, the King has
+sent me to carry thee on up this steep place, and over this dangerous
+road." With that, I saw that he lifted up the boy, and was about to fly
+with him through the air. Then, seeing that he cast a longing look
+towards the steep bank, down which Furchtsam had slipped, and that the
+sound of his sad voice was still ringing in his ear; the King's messenger
+said to him, "'Cast thy burden upon the Lord.' 'The Lord careth for
+thee.' 'For the very hairs of your head are numbered,' and 'the Lord is
+full of compassion, pitiful, and of great mercy.'" So the heart of
+Gehulfe was soothed, and with a happy mind he gave himself to the
+messenger, and he bore him speedily along the dangerous path, as if his
+feet never touched the ground, but refreshing airs breathed upon his
+forehead as he swept along, and silver voices chanted holy words to his
+glad heart. "He shall gather the lambs in his arms," said one; and
+another and a sweeter took up the strain and sang, "and he shall carry
+them in his bosom." And so he passed along the way swiftly and most
+happily.
+
+Then I saw that he bore him to the mouth of the arbour into which
+Gottlieb had turned to rest. And now as he came up to it, Gottlieb was
+just coming forth again to renew his journey. Right glad was Gottlieb of
+the company of such a comrade; so they joined their hands together, and
+walked along the road speaking to one another of the kindness of the
+King, and telling one to the other all that had befallen them hitherto. A
+pleasant thing it was to see them marching along that road, their good
+staffs in their hands, their lamps burning brightly, and their books
+sending forth streams of light, to shew them the way that they should go.
+But now I saw they got into a part of the road which was rough and full
+of stones; and unless they kept the lights they bore with them ever
+turned towards the road, and looked, too, most carefully to their
+footing, they were in constant danger of falling. The air, also, seemed
+to have some power here of sending them to sleep, for I saw that
+Gottlieb's steps were not as steady and active as they had been; and he
+looked often from this side to that, to see if there were any other
+resting-place provided for him; but none could he see: and then
+methought, as he walked on, his eyes would close as he bent them down
+over his book, like one falling asleep from exceeding weariness.
+
+Gehulfe saw the danger of his friend; and though he felt the air heavy,
+his fear for Gottlieb kept him wide awake. "What are those words," he
+asked his drowsy friend, "which burn so brightly in your book?" When he
+heard the voice, Gottlieb roused himself, and read; and it was written,
+"Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation; the spirit truly is
+willing, but the flesh is weak." Then, for a little while, Gottlieb was
+warned, and he walked like one awake; but, after a time, such power had
+this sleepy air, he was again almost as drowsy as ever, and his eyes were
+nearly closed. Then, before Gehulfe could give him a second warning, he
+placed his foot in a hole, which he would have easily passed by, if he
+had been watching; and, falling suddenly down, he would have rolled quite
+out of the road (for it was raised here with a steep bank on either
+side), if Gehulfe had not been nigh to catch him again by the hand, and
+keep him in the path. He was sorely bruised and shaken by the fall, and
+his lamp, too, was dusted and hurt; so that he could not, at first, press
+on the way as he wished to do. But now his drowsiness was gone; and,
+with many bitter tears, he lamented that he had given way to it before.
+One strange thing I noted, too: he had dropped his staff in his fall, and
+he could not rise till he had taken it again in his hand; but now, when
+he tried to take it, it pricked and hurt his hand, as if it had been
+rough and sharp with thorns. Then I looked at it, and saw that one of
+the stems which were twined together, and which bore the name of
+"discipline," was very rough and thorny; and this, which had turned
+inwardly before, was now, by his fall, forced to the outside of the
+staff, so that he must hold that or none. Now I heard the boy groan as
+he laid hold of it; but lay hold of it he did, and that boldly, for he
+could not rise or travel without it, and to rise and travel he was
+determined. Then he looked into his book of light, and he read out of it
+these words, "Make the bones which Thou hast broken to rejoice." And as
+he read them, he gathered courage, and made a great effort, and stood
+upon his feet, and pressed on beside Gehulfe.
+
+Then I saw that the road changed again, and became smoother than they had
+ever known it. Gottlieb's staff, too, was now smooth and easy in his
+hand, as it had been at first. Soon also a pleasant air sprung up, and
+blew softly and yet cool upon their foreheads. And now they heard the
+song of birds, as if the sunshine was very near them, though they saw it
+not yet. There were, too, every now and then, sounds sweeter than the
+songs of birds, as if blessed angels were near them, and they were let to
+hear their heavenly voices. A little further, and the day began to dawn
+upon them--bright light shone out some way before them, and its glad
+reflection was already cast upon their path. But still there was one
+more trial before them; for when they had enjoyed this light for a
+season, and I thought they must be close upon the sunshine, I saw that
+they had got into greater darkness than ever. Here, also, they lost
+sight of one another; for it was a part of the King's appointment, that
+each one must pass that dark part alone--it was called "the shadow of
+death." Gehulfe, I saw, walked through it easily; his feet were nimble
+and active, his lamp was bright, his golden vial ever in his hand, his
+staff firm to lean upon, and the book of light close before his eyes: he
+was still reading it aloud, and I heard him speak of his King as giving
+"songs in the night,"--and so, with a glad heart, he passed through the
+darkness. The brightest sunshine lay close upon the other side of it;
+and there he was waited for by messengers in robes of light, and they
+clad him in the same, and carried him with songs and music into the
+presence of the King.
+
+But Gottlieb did not pass through so easily. It seemed as if that
+darkness had power to bring out any weakness with which past accidents
+had at the time affected the pilgrim: for so it was, that when Gottlieb
+was in it, he felt all the stunning of his fall come back again upon him,
+and, for a moment, he seemed well-nigh lost. But his heart was sound,
+and there was One who was faithful holding him up: so he grasped his good
+staff tighter than ever, though its roughness had come out again and
+sorely pricked his hand; but this seemed only to quicken his steps; and
+when he had gone on a little while thus firmly, as he looked into his
+book he saw written on its open page, "I will make darkness light before
+thee." {76} And as he read them, the words seemed to be fulfilled, for
+he stepped joyfully out of the darkness into the clear sunlight. And for
+him too the messengers were waiting; for him too were garments ready
+woven of the light; around him were songs, and music, and rejoicing; and
+so they bare him into the presence of the King.
+
+Now, when I had seen these two pass so happily through their journey into
+rest, I thought again of the poor trembling Furchtsam, and longed to know
+that he had got again into the road. But upon looking back to where I
+had lost sight of him, I saw that he was still lying at the foot of the
+steep bank, down whose side he had stepped so easily. He had toiled and
+laboured, and striven to climb up, but it had been all in vain. Still he
+would not cease his labour; and now he was but waiting to recover his
+breath to begin to strive again. He was, too, continually calling on the
+King for aid. Then I saw a figure approaching him in the midst of his
+cries. And poor Furchtsam trembled exceedingly, for he was of a very
+timorous heart, and he scarcely dared to look up to him who stood by him.
+After a while I heard the man speak to him, and he asked him in a grave,
+pitying voice, "What doest thou here?" Then the poor boy sobbed out in
+broken words the confession of his folly, and told how he had feared and
+left the road, and how he had laboured to get back into it, and how he
+almost thought that he should never reach it. Then I saw the man look
+down upon him with a face of tenderness and love; and he stretched forth
+his hand towards him; and Furchtsam saw that it was the hand which had
+been pierced for him: so he raised the boy up, and set him on his feet;
+and he led him straight up the steepest bank. And now it seemed easy to
+his steps; and he put him back again in the road, and gave the staff into
+his hand, and bid him "redeem the time, because the days are evil;" and
+then he added, "Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble
+knees." "Say to them that are of a fearful heart, 'be strong:' 'fear
+not.'" {79a} Such strength had his touch, his words, and his kind look,
+given to the heart of the timid boy, that he seized the staff, though its
+most prickly "discipline" sorely hurt his tender flesh; and leaning on
+it, he set bravely out without a moment's delay. And I heard him reading
+in his book of light as he climbed up the steep path which had affrighted
+him; and what he read was this: "Before I was afflicted, I went astray;
+but now have I kept Thy word." {79b}
+
+When he had almost reached the arbour, another danger awaited him; for in
+the dim light round him he saw, as he thought, the form of an evil beast
+lying in the pathway before him. Then did some of his old terrors begin
+to trouble him; and he had turned aside, perhaps, out of the way, but
+that the wholesome roughness of his staff still pricked his hand and
+forced him to recall his former fall. Instead, therefore, of turning
+aside, he looked into his book of light, and there he read in fiery
+letters, "Thou shalt go upon the lion and the adder; the young lion and
+the dragon shalt thou tread under thy feet:" and this gave him comfort.
+So, on he went, determining still to read in his book, and not to look at
+all at that which affrighted him: and so it was, that when he came to the
+place, he saw that it was only a bush, which his fears had turned into
+the figure of a beast of prey; and at the same moment he found where it
+was written in his book, "No lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast
+shall go up thereon, it shall not be found there; but the redeemed shall
+walk there." {80}
+
+And now he stood beside the arbour, where he rested a while, and then
+pursued his journey. Now I noticed, that as he got further on the road,
+and read more in his book, and leant upon his staff, that he grew bolder
+and firmer in his gait: and I thought that I could see why Gehulfe, who
+had been needful to him in his first weakness, had afterwards been
+carried away from him: for surely he had leant more upon him, and less
+upon his book and his good staff, unless he had walked there alone.
+
+However this might be, he grew continually bolder. As he drew near the
+last sad darkness, I began again to tremble for him; but I need not have
+done so; for he walked on so straight through it, that it seemed scarcely
+to make any difference to him at all. In the best part of the road his
+feebleness had taught him to lean altogether upon Him who had so
+mercifully helped him on the bank, and who had held up his fainting steps
+hitherto; and this strength could hold him up as well even in this
+extreme darkness. I heard him, as he parsed along, say, "When I am weak,
+then am I strong;" and with that he broke out into singing:
+
+ "Through death's dark valley without fear
+ My feeble steps have trod,
+ Because I know my God is near;
+ I feel His staff and rod."
+
+With that he too passed out of the shade and darkness into the joyful
+sunshine. And oh, it was indeed a happy time! It made my heart bound
+when I saw his face, which had so often turned pale and drooped with
+terror, now lighted up with the glow of the heavenly light; when, instead
+of the evil things which his fears had summoned up, I saw around him the
+bands of holy ones, and the children of the day: and so they passed
+along. And soon, I thought, he would see again the hand which had been
+stretched out to save him on the bank, and hear the kind and merciful
+voice which had soothed his terror and despair, and live in the present
+sunshine of that gracious countenance.
+
+And now methought I heard an earnest and sorrowful voice, as of one
+crying aloud for help; so I turned me round to see where he was that
+uttered it, and by the side of the King's path I could see one striving
+to mount the bank, and slipping back again as often as he tried. He was
+trying in right earnest: his cries were piteous to hear, and he laboured
+as if he would carry his point by storm. But it was all in vain; the
+more he struggled, the worse his case grew; for the bank, and all the
+path up to it, got so quagged and miry with his eager striving, that he
+seemed farther and farther from getting safely up. At last, as he was
+once more struggling violently up, his feet quite slipped from under him,
+and he fell upon his side: and so he lay sobbing and struggling for
+breath, but still crying out to the King, who had helped him before, and
+delivered him from the flames of the pit, to help him once more, and lift
+him again into the right way. My heart pitied the poor boy, and I looked
+more closely into his face, and saw that it was Irrgeist--not Irrgeist as
+he had been when he had walked at first with Gottlieb along the road, or
+as he had been when he had first followed the deceitful phantom
+"Pleasure" out of it,--but Irrgeist still, though brought by his
+wanderings and his trouble to paleness, and weariness, and sorrow. Now,
+whilst I was looking at him, as he lay in this misery, and longing for
+some helper to come to him, lo, his cries stopped for a moment, and I saw
+that it was because One stood by him and spoke to him. Then I could see
+under the mantle, which almost hid Him, that it was the same form which
+had visited Furchtsam, and delivered him when he had cried. Now, too, I
+saw the hand held out, and I saw Irrgeist seize it; and it raised him up,
+and he stood upon his feet: and the staff was given to him,--exceeding
+rough, but needful and trusty; and his lamp shone out, and the book of
+light was his; and his feet were again in the road.
+
+But I marked well that Irrgeist trod it not as the others had done. Truly
+did he go along it weeping. Whether it was that the thought of what he
+had gone through amongst the pitfalls dwelt ever on his mind; or whether
+it were shame of having wandered, I know not,--but his road seemed
+evermore one of toil and sorrow. Still, in the midst of tears, a song
+was often put into his mouth, and his tongue was ever speaking of the
+great kindness of Him who had restored the wanderer: his head, too, was
+so bowed down, that he marked every stone upon the road, and therefore
+never stumbled; but still his speed was little, and his troubles were
+many. When he got to the dark part, he had a sore trial: his feet seemed
+too weak and trembling to bear him; and more than once I heard him cry
+out, as if he thought that he were again between the pitfalls, and the
+fire were ready to break out upon him. But then did it seem as if there
+were some sweet hopes given him, and his face brightened up; and in a
+faint, feeble voice, he would break out again into his song and
+thanksgiving. As he drew towards the end, things somewhat mended with
+him; and when he was just upon the sunlight, and began to see its
+brightness through the haze, and to hear the voices of the heavenly ones,
+methought his heart would have burst, so did it beat with joy: and withal
+he smote upon his breast, and said,--"And this for me! And this for the
+wanderer! O mercy, choicest mercy! Who is a God like unto Thee, that
+pardonest iniquity?" And so saying, he entered on the heavenly light,
+and left for ever behind him the darkness and the danger of the pitfalls,
+and the face of shame, and the besetting weakness; for he too was clothed
+in raiment of light, and borne with joy before the Lord the King.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Father_. Who were those who were walking in the beautiful garden as its
+lords?
+
+_Child_. Man in Paradise before the fall.
+
+F. What was the dreadful change that came upon them?
+
+C. Their fall into sin and misery.
+
+F. What was the second estate seen in the vision?
+
+C. Their fallen children in this sinful world, without the knowledge of
+God; wandering in the darkness of heathenism amongst the pitfalls of
+error.
+
+F. What was the porch which let them into a better way?
+
+C. The entrance into the Church of the redeemed by baptism.
+
+F. What does our Catechism say about this?
+
+C. That it is our being "called to a state of salvation."
+
+F. What are the gifts bestowed upon them?
+
+C. God's word is the book of light; conscience enlightened by God is the
+little lamp of each; the oil in the golden vial is the help and teaching
+of God's grace; and the staff is the help and assistance of the Church.
+
+F. Why was it so easy to get out of the path, and so hard to get back?
+
+C. Because it is easy to go wrong, and very hard to return into the way
+of righteousness.
+
+F. What were the baits which the phantom offered to the youths?
+
+C. The pleasures of sin, which are but for a season.
+
+F. Why was the staff rough to those that were coming back from
+wandering?
+
+C. Because the discipline of the Church, which is easy to the obedient,
+is often galling to those who offend.
+
+F. Why was Irrgeist, after he was brought back, still so sad a pilgrim?
+
+C. Because, though he was accepted and forgiven, the effects of his
+former sins still weakened and grieved him: as says the Lord, by the
+mouth of the Prophet Ezekiel (chap. xvi. ver. 63), "That thou mayest
+remember, and be confounded, and never open thy mouth any more because of
+thy shame, when I am pacified toward thee for all that thou hast done,
+saith the Lord God."
+
+
+
+
+The Little Wanderers.
+
+
+In a miserable little hovel, built on the edge of a wide and desolate
+common, lived a poor widow woman, who had two sons. The eldest of them
+was quite young, and the least was scarcely more than an infant. They
+were dressed in torn and dirty rags, for the widow had no better clothes
+to put upon them; and often they were very hungry and very cold, for she
+had not food or fire with which to feed and warm them. No one taught the
+biggest boy any thing; and as for the poor mother, she did not know a
+letter. She had no friends; and the only playfellows the little ones
+ever knew were other children as poor, and as dirty, and as untaught as
+they were themselves, from whom they learnt nothing but to say bad words
+and do naughty tricks. Poor children! it was a sad life, you would say,
+which lay before them.
+
+Just at this time the widow was taken very ill with a fever. Long she
+lay in that desolate hut, groaning and suffering, and no one knew how ill
+she was but the little children. They would sit and cry by her miserable
+bed all day, for they were very hungry and very sad. When she had lain
+in this state for more than a week, she grew light-headed, and after a
+while died. The youngest child thought she was asleep, and that he could
+not waken her; but the elder boy rushed weeping out of the house, knowing
+that she was really dead, and that they were left alone in the wide
+world.
+
+Just at that very moment a man passed by, who looked into the pale, thin,
+hungry face of the sobbing child, with a kind, gentle look, and let
+himself be led into the wretched hut, where the poor dead mother lay. His
+heart bled for the poor orphans, for he was one who was full of
+tenderness: so he spake kind words to them; and when his servants came up
+after a while, he gave orders that their dead mother should be buried,
+and that the children should be taken from the miserable hut, to dwell in
+his own beautiful castle.
+
+To it the children were removed. The servants of the Lord of the castle
+put on them clean fresh clothes--washed their old dirt from them; and as
+no one knew what were their names, they gave them two new names, which
+shewed they belonged to this family; and they were cared for, and given
+all they wanted.
+
+Happy was now their lot. They had all they wanted: good food in plenty,
+instead of hunger and thirst; clean raiment, instead of rags and
+nakedness; and kind teachers, who instructed them day by day as they were
+able to bear it. There were a multitude of other happy children too in
+the castle, with whom they lived, and learned, and spent their glad days.
+Sometimes they played in the castle, and sometimes they ran about in the
+grounds that were round it, where were all sorts of flowers, and
+beautiful trees full of singing birds, and green grass, and painted
+butterflies; and they were as happy as children could be.
+
+All over these grounds they might play about as they would: only on one
+side of them they were forbidden to go. There the garden ended in a wide
+waste plain, and there seemed to be nothing to tempt children to leave
+the happy garden to walk in it, especially as the kind Lord of the castle
+bid them never set foot on it: and yet it was said that some children had
+wandered into it, and that of these, many had never come back again. For
+in that desert dwelt the enemies of the Lord of the castle; and there was
+nothing they loved better than to pounce down upon any children whom he
+had taken as his own, and carry them off, to be their slaves in the midst
+of the waste and dreary sands.
+
+Many ways too had these enemies by which they enticed children to come on
+the plain; for as long as they stayed within the boundary, and played
+only in the happy garden, the evil one could not touch them. Sometimes
+they would drop gay and shining flowers all about the beginning of the
+waste, hoping that the children would come across the border to pick them
+up: and so it was, that if once a child went over, as soon as he had got
+into his hands the flower for which he had gone, it seemed to fade and
+wither away; but just beyond him he thought he saw another, brighter and
+more beautiful; and so, too, often it happened that, throwing down the
+first, he went on to take the second; and then throwing down the second,
+he went on to reach a third; until, suddenly, the enemy dashed upon him,
+and whirled him away with them in a moment.
+
+Often and often had little Kuhn {95a}--for so the eldest boy had been
+named--looked out over this desert, and longed, as he saw the gay flowers
+dropped here and there, to run over the border and pick them up. His
+little brother, who was now old enough to run about with him, would stand
+and tremble by him as he got close to the desert; but little Zart {95b}
+would never leave him: and sometimes, I am afraid, they would have both
+been lost, if it had not been for a dear little girl, who was almost
+always with them, and who never would go even near to the line. When
+Kuhn was looking into it, as if he longed for the painted flowers, the
+gentle Glaube {96} would grow quite sad, and bending her dark sorrowful
+eyes upon him, their long lashes would become wet with tears, and she
+would whisper in a voice almost too solemn for a child, "O Kuhn,
+remember." Then Kuhn, who could not bear to see her sad, would tear
+himself away; and the flowers seemed directly to lose their brightness,
+and the desert looked dry and hot, and the garden cool and delicious, and
+they played happily together, and forgot their sorrow.
+
+But it was very dangerous for Kuhn to go so near. The servants of the
+Lord of the castle often told the children this; and seeing a bold and
+daring spirit in Kuhn, they had spoken to him over and over again. What
+made it so dangerous was this,--that the flowers of the wilderness never
+looked gay until you got near to its border; afar off it seemed dusty,
+dry, and hot; but the nearer you got to it, the brighter shone the
+flowers; they seemed also to grow in number, until you could hardly see
+its dry hot sands, for the flowery carpet that was drawn over them.
+
+Poor Kuhn! he was often in danger. Never yet had he crossed the border;
+but it is a sad thing to go near temptation; and so this unhappy child
+found to his cost.
+
+One day he was sauntering close to the forbidden border, when the hoop
+which he was trundling slipped from him and ran into the desert. In a
+moment he was over after it; and just as he stooped to pick it up, he
+saw, right before him, a beautiful and sparkling flower. He would
+certainly have gone after it, but that at the instant he caught the eye
+of Glaube looking sadly after him, and it struck upon his heart, and he
+hastened back, and was safe. For a while his legs trembled under him,
+and Zart looked up quite frightened into his pale face; Glaube too could
+scarcely speak to him; and it was long before they were laughing merrily
+again under the tall palm-trees of the garden. But by the next day all
+Kuhn's fears had flown away, and he went with a bolder foot than ever to
+the very edge of the desert.
+
+{The Little Wanderers: p98.jpg}
+
+Glaube was further off than usual; and just as Kuhn and Zart were in this
+great danger, a beautiful bird started up under their feet. The boys had
+never seen such a bird. All the colours of the rainbow shone upon his
+feathers, and his black and scarlet head seemed quite to sparkle in the
+sunshine. It tried to fly; but whether its wing was hurt, or what, I
+know not, but it could not rise, and ran before them flapping its painted
+wings, screaming with a harsh voice, and keeping only just before them.
+The boys were soon in full chase, and every thing else was forgotten;
+when, just as they thought the bird was their own, he fluttered across
+the border, and both the boys followed him,--Kuhn boldly and without
+thought, for he had been across it before; but poor little Zart trembled
+and turned pale, and clung to his bolder brother, as if he never would
+have crossed it alone.
+
+Once over, however, on they went, and the bird still seemed to keep close
+before them; and they never noticed how far they were getting from the
+garden, until suddenly they heard a dreadful noise; the air looked thick
+before them, as if whole clouds of dust were sweeping on; shining spear-
+heads were all they could see in the midst of the dust; and they heard
+the trampling of a multitude of horses. The boys were too much
+frightened to shriek, but they clung to one another, pale and trembling,
+and ready to sink into the earth. In a minute rude hands seized them;
+they heard rough voices round them; and they could see that they were in
+the midst of the enemies of the Lord of the castle. In another minute
+they were torn asunder, they were snatched up on horseback, and were
+galloping off towards the sad abode in which the evil men of the desert
+dwelt. In vain the boys cried, and begged to be taken home; away
+galloped the horses; whilst no one thought of heeding their cries and
+prayers. They had gone on long in this way, and the dark-frowning towers
+of the desert castle were in sight. The little boys looked sadly at one
+another; for here there was no flowering garden, there were no sheltering
+trees, but all looked bare, and dry, and wretched; and they could see
+little narrow windows covered with iron bars, which seemed to be dungeon-
+rooms, where they thought they should be barred in, and never more play
+together amongst the flowers and in the sunlight.
+
+Just at this moment the little Zart felt that, by some means or other,
+the strap which bound him to the horse had grown loose, and in another
+moment he had slipped down its side, and fallen upon his head on the
+ground. No one noticed his fall; and there he lay upon the sand for a
+while stunned and insensible. When he woke up, the trampling of horses
+had died away in the distance; the light sand of the desert, which their
+feet had stirred, had settled down again like the heavy night-dew, so
+that he could see no trace of their footmarks. The frowning castle-walls
+were out of sight; look which way he would, he could see nothing but the
+hot flat sand below, and the hot bright sun in the clear sky above him.
+He called for his brother, but no voice answered him; he started up, and
+began to run he knew not where: but the sun beat on his head, the hot
+sand scorched his weary feet; his parched tongue began to cleave to his
+mouth; and he sunk down upon the desert again to die.
+
+As he lay there he thought upon the castle-garden and its kind Lord; upon
+the sorrowful face with which Glaube was used to look on them, when he
+and Kuhn drew near to the forbidden border; and his tears broke out
+afresh when he thought of his brother in the enemies' dungeon, and
+himself dying in the desolate wilderness. Then he called upon the Lord
+of the castle, for he remembered to have heard how He had pitied
+wandering children, and heard their cry from afar, and had brought them
+back again to His own happy castle. And as he lay upon the sand, crying
+out to the Lord of the castle, he thought that he heard a footstep, as of
+one walking towards him. Then there came a shade between the sun and his
+burning head, and looking languidly up he saw the kind face of the Lord
+of the castle turned towards him. He was looking on the poor child as He
+had looked on him when He had pitied him by the side of the hut; and that
+kind face seemed to speak comfort. Then He stretched out to him His
+hand, and He bade him rise; and He lifted up the child, and bore him in
+His bosom over that waste and scorching wilderness, nor ever set him down
+until He had brought him again into the pleasant garden. Once as he lay
+in that bosom, Zart thought that he heard in the distance the tramping of
+horse-hoofs; and he saw the dusty cloud lifting itself up: but he felt
+that he was safe; and so he was, for the enemy did not dare to approach
+that Mighty One who was bearing him.
+
+When he reached the garden again, the gentle Glaube met him, and welcomed
+him back again to their peaceful home. But he hung down his head with
+shame and with sorrow; and as he looked up into the face of the Lord of
+the garden, he saw in it such kindness and love, that his tears rolled
+down his cheeks to think how he had broken His command, and wandered into
+the wilderness of His enemies. Then he tried to speak for his brother,
+for his heart was sore and heavy with thinking of him; but the Lord of
+the castle answered not. Many, many days did Glaube and Zart pray for
+him; but they heard nothing of him: whether he died in the enemies'
+dungeon; or whether, as they still dared to hope, he might even yet one
+day find his way back to the garden of peace; or whether, as they
+sometimes trembled to think, he had grown up amongst the enemies of their
+Lord, and become one of them,--they knew not, and they dared not to ask.
+But they never thought of him without trembling and tears, and Zart more
+even than Glaube: for he had crossed that terrible border; he had been
+seized by the fierce enemy; he had lain alone in the wide scorching
+desert; and had only been brought back again from death by the great love
+of the mighty and merciful Lord of that most happy garden.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Father_. Who are meant by these children born in the wretched hovel?
+
+_Child_. All the children of fallen parents.
+
+F. Who are such?
+
+C. All who are born. For we were "by nature born in sin, and the
+children of wrath."
+
+F. Who is the kind Lord of the castle who takes pity on them?
+
+C. Jesus Christ our Lord.
+
+F. What is meant by His taking them to His castle?
+
+C. His receiving us when children into His Church.
+
+F. When was this done?
+
+C. At our baptism. For "being by nature children of wrath, we were
+hereby made the children of grace."
+
+F. What is meant by the clean raiment and the new name He gave them?
+
+C. The "forgiveness of all our sins" (see Collect in
+Confirmation-Service), and the giving us our Christian name.
+
+F. Why is it called your Christian name?
+
+C. To mark its difference from our natural, or parents' name.
+
+F. Why was it given you at that time?
+
+C. Because then I was taken into God's family, and "made a member of
+Christ, child of God, and an inheritor of the kingdom of heaven."
+
+F. What was the food with which they were fed?
+
+C. All the means of grace of the Church of Christ.
+
+F. What was the desert, and who those who dwelt in it who were enemies
+to the Lord?
+
+C. The ways of sin, and the devil and his angels.
+
+F. What were the bright flowers and the bird?
+
+C. The baits and temptations of sin.
+
+F. Why did Kuhn, or "bold," cross the border more easily the second
+time?
+
+C. Because one sin makes another easier.
+
+F. Why did Zart, or "tender," follow him?
+
+C. Because bold sinners lead weaker sinners after them.
+
+F. What were the dry sands into which Kuhn and Zart were carried?
+
+C. The evil ways of sin.
+
+F. Who came to Zart's rescue when he prayed?
+
+C. The gracious Lord who had at first received him into His Church by
+baptism.
+
+F. Why was he still sad and ashamed after he was brought back?
+
+C. Because he had wandered.
+
+F. Did he then doubt whether he was forgiven?
+
+C. No: but he "remembered and was confounded, and never opened his mouth
+any more, when the Lord was pacified toward him for all his iniquity."
+
+F. What was the end of Kuhn, or the "bold?"
+
+C. We know not; but they who "draw back unto perdition" are punished
+above all others.
+
+F. What are we to learn from the whole?
+
+C. The blessedness of being taken into the Church in our infancy; and
+our need of prayer and watching, lest we turn it into a curse.
+
+
+
+
+The King and his Servants.
+
+
+A great king once called his servants to him, and said to them,--"You
+have all often professed to love me, and to wish to serve me; and I have
+never yet made trial of you. But now I am about to try you all, that it
+may be known who does in truth desire to serve me, and who is a servant
+only in name. To morrow your trial will begin; so meet me here in the
+morning, and be ready to set out upon a journey on which I shall send
+you."
+
+When the king had so spoken, he left them; and there was a great deal of
+bustle and talking amongst these servants. Not that they were all alike.
+Some were very busy, and said a great deal of the services they should
+render; and that they hoped it would be some really hard trial on which
+the king would set them. Others were quiet and thoughtful, saying little
+or nothing, but, as it seemed, thinking silently of the words the king
+had spoken, as if they feared lest they should fail in their trial. For
+they loved that king greatly; he had been as a father to them all. Once
+they had been slaves, and cruelly treated by a wicked tyrant who had
+taken them prisoners, and cast some of them into dungeons, and made
+others work in dark mines, and dealt evil with them all. But the king
+had triumphed over this their enemy, and rescued them from his hands. His
+own son had sought them in the dungeons and dark pits into which they had
+been cast, and had brought them out; and now he had given them places in
+his service, and fed them from his own kingly table; and he promised to
+such as were faithful, that he would raise them yet higher; that he would
+even set them upon thrones, and put crowns upon their heads; and that
+they should remain always in his presence, and rule and dwell with him.
+Now, when the time of their trial was come, these faithful servants were
+grave and thoughtful, fearing lest they should fail, and be led to forget
+him their kind and gracious king. But one thought held them up. He had
+said unto them all, "As your day, so shall your strength be." They knew,
+therefore, that he would put on them no task beyond their strength. They
+remembered his kindness and his love in taking them out of the dungeons
+of the enemy. They desired greatly to serve him; and so they rejoiced
+that their trial was come, even while they feared it; and they trusted in
+him to help them, even whilst they trembled for themselves.
+
+These servants spent much of the night in preparing for their journey; in
+thinking over all the directions the king had ever given them; for many
+times had he spoken to them of this coming trial; and even written down
+plain rules for them, which should teach them always how he would have
+them act. All these they gathered together, lest in the hurry of setting
+out, they should forget any one of them; and so they went into the court
+of the palace to meet the king.
+
+Then he came forth from his palace-door, and gave them all their charge.
+
+From the great treasure-chambers of that palace he brought out many
+different gifts, and laid them before these his servants. One had gold
+and silver, and another had precious stuffs; but all had something good
+and costly: and as he gave them these gifts, he told them that this was
+to be their trial. He was about to send them with these gifts into an
+exceeding great and rich city, which lay afar off from his palace; and in
+that city they were all to trade for him. They were to take his gifts
+and use them wisely, so that each one of them might bring something back
+to him. He gave them also very close and particular instructions. He
+told them that there were many in that city who would try to rob them of
+these his gifts; and he told them how to keep them safely. He told them
+that many would seek to make them waste what he had given to them on
+pleasing themselves. But that they must remember always, that what they
+had belonged to him; that they would have to give him an account of their
+way of using all his gifts; and that of his mere mercy he, who had
+redeemed them from the dungeon and made them able to serve him, would
+graciously reward hereafter all their efforts to use his gifts for him.
+He told them also to set about trading for him as early as they could;
+for that all the merchants' goods were freshest in the morning; that then
+the precious stones were the finest and the truest; but that those who
+waited till the evening would find all the best goods sold; and that,
+perhaps, before they had any thing ready, the trumpet would sound which
+was to call them all out of the city, and then they would have to come
+back to him empty-handed and disgraced.
+
+When he had given them these charges, he sent them from his presence to
+begin their journey to the great city. All that day they travelled with
+horses and camels over plains and hills, and fruitful fields and deserts,
+until, just as the sun went down, they came to the walls of a great city;
+and they knew that it was here they were to traffic for their king upon
+the morrow.
+
+Then the thoughtful servants began carefully to unpack their goods; they
+looked into their bales of precious stuffs to see that they had got no
+injury from the dust and sand of the desert; they counted over their bags
+of money to see that all was right; and began to lay them all in order,
+that they might enter the town as soon as the gates were open, and trade
+for their king in the morning hours, which he had told them were the
+best.
+
+{The King and His Servants: p115.jpg}
+
+But some of the other servants laughed at them for taking all this care
+and trouble. "Surely it will be time enough," they said, "to get every
+thing ready when the markets are open to-morrow. We have had a long,
+hot, weary journey, and we must rest and refresh ourselves before we
+think of trading." So they spread the tables, and began to feast in a
+riotous way, quite forgetting the king's service, and putting the morrow
+out of their thoughts.
+
+Now as soon as the sun was up, in the morning, there was a great stir
+amongst the servants. Those who had been careful and watchful in the
+evening were ready with all their bales; and as soon as ever the city-
+gates were open, they marched in through them with their goods. It was a
+great wide city into which they entered, and must hold, they thought, a
+vast multitude of men. Houses and streets of all sizes met their eyes
+here and there; but they passed easily along, because it was still so
+early in the morning, that few persons were in the streets, and those few
+were all bent upon business, as they were themselves. So they passed on
+to the great market where the merchants bought and sold, and here they
+set out all their goods; and the merchants came round them to look over
+their wares, and to shew them what they had to sell in return. Now they
+found it true as the king had foretold them. For they had the first
+choice of all that the merchants could offer. One of them opened his
+stores, and shewed them rubies, and diamonds, and pearls, such as they
+had never seen before for size and beauty. So they chose a pearl of
+great price, and they bought it for their prince, and they trafficked in
+their other wares, and gained for him more than as many bags of treasure
+as he had given them at first. Thus they traded according to their
+skill, and every one had now secured something for his lord. The pearl
+of great price was stored by some; others had rich dresses adorned with
+gold and precious stones; others had bags of the most refined gold;
+others had the spices of Arabia and the frankincense of the islands of
+the East.
+
+One there was amongst them who seemed to have got nothing to carry home
+with him; and yet he, as well as the rest, had laid out his master's
+gifts. Then some of the other servants asked him, what he had stored up
+for the king? and he said that he had no riches which he could shew to
+them, but that he had an offering which he knew that the merciful heart
+of the king would make him love and value. Then they asked him to tell
+them his story; so he said that, as he was walking through the market, he
+had seen a poor woman weeping and wringing her hands, as if her heart
+would break: he stopped, and asked her the cause of her sorrow; and she
+told him that she was a widow, and that some merchants, to whom her
+husband had owed large sums of money, had come that morning to her house
+and taken all that she had, and seized her children too; and that they
+were dragging them away to the slave-market to sell them for slaves in a
+far land, that they might pay themselves the debt which her husband had
+owed them. So when he heard her sad tale, he opened his bag of treasure,
+and found that all the gold which he had got in it would just pay the
+widow's debt and set her children free. Then he went with her to the
+merchants, and he told out to them all that sum, and set the children of
+the widow free, and gave them back to their mother; "and I am taking," he
+said, "to our merciful king the offering of the widow's tears and
+gratitude; and I know well that this is an offering which will be well-
+pleasing in his sight."
+
+So it fared with these faithful servants in their trading; and all the
+while they were cheerful and light-hearted, because they remembered
+constantly the love and kindness which their king had shewed to them; and
+they rejoiced that they were able to serve him and to trade for him with
+his gifts. They thought also of the goodness of the king's son towards
+them; they remembered how he had sought them when they were prisoners in
+the dark dungeons of their tyrant enemy; and they were full of joy when
+they thought that they should be able to offer to him the goodly pearl,
+and the other curious gifts, which they had bought. They thought of
+these things until they longed to hear the trumpet sound, which was to
+call them out of the town and gather them together for their journey
+home. When that trumpet might sound, they knew not; but the sun was now
+passed its noon, and the town, which had been so quiet when they came in
+the early morning along its empty streets, was now full of noise, and
+bustle, and confusion, as great towns are wont to be, when all the
+multitude of sleepers awaken and pour out for pleasure, or business, or
+idleness, into the streets, and squares, and market-places.
+
+Heartily glad were they now that they had been so early at their traffic.
+Now the merchants had shut up all their richest stores; and the markets
+were full of others who brought false pearls and mock diamonds, instead
+of the costly gems for which they had traded in the morning. There
+seemed to be hardly any true traders left. Idlers were there in numbers,
+and shows and noisy revels were passing up and down the streets; and they
+could see thieves and bad men lurking about at all the corners, seeking
+whom they could catch, and rob, and plunder.
+
+On all these things the servants looked; sometimes they saw beautiful
+sights pass by them, which gladdened their eyes; and sometimes sweet
+music would fill their ears, as bands of merry harpers and singers walked
+up and down through the market; and they rejoiced in all of these, but
+still their hearts were full of thoughts of their kind king, and
+recollections of his son their prince; and they longed to be at home with
+them, even when the sights round them were the gayest, and the sounds in
+their ears were the sweetest; and they were ever watching for the voice
+of the trumpet, which was to call them again homeward.
+
+But this happy case was not that of all the servants. When these
+watchful men had been entering the gates of the city in the morning, the
+thoughtless servants were not yet awake. They had sat up late at their
+feasting and rejoicings, and when the morning sun rose upon them, they
+were still in their first deep sleep. The stirring of their
+fellow-servants moved them a little, and for a while they seemed ready to
+rise and join them. But their goods were not ready, so they could not go
+with them; and they might as well, therefore, they thought, wait a little
+longer and rest themselves, and then follow them to the market. They did
+not mean to be late, but they saw no reason why they should be so very
+early.
+
+They slept, therefore, till the sun was high, and then they rose in some
+confusion, because it was now so late; and they had all their goods to
+unpack, their stuffs to smooth out, and the dust to shake off from them.
+Soon they began about every little thing to find fault with one another,
+because they were secretly angry with themselves. Each one thought that
+if his neighbour had not persuaded him to stay, he should have been up,
+and have entered the city with the earliest: so high words arose between
+them; and instead of helping one another, and making the best they could
+of the time which remained, they only hindered one another, and made it
+later and later before they were ready to begin their trading.
+
+At length, after many hard words and much bad temper, one by one they got
+away; each as soon as he was ready, and often with his goods all in
+confusion; every one following his own path, and wandering by himself up
+the crowded streets of the full town.
+
+Hard work they had to get at all along it when they had passed the gates.
+All the stream of people seemed now to be setting against them. The
+idlers jested upon their strange dress; and if they did but try to
+traffic for their lord, the rude children of the town would gather round
+them, and hoot, and cry: so that they could not manage to carry on any
+trade at all.
+
+Then, as I watched them, I saw that some who had been the loudest in
+talking of what they should do when they were tried, were now the first
+to give up altogether making any head at all against the crowd of that
+city. They packed up what goods they might have, and began to think only
+of looking about them, and following the crowd, and pleasing themselves,
+like any of the men around them. Then I looked after some of these, and
+I saw that one of them was led on by the crowd to a place in the town
+where there was a great show. Outside of it were men in many-coloured
+dresses, who blew with trumpets, and jested, and cried aloud, and begged
+all to come in and see the strange sights which were stored within.
+
+Now when the servant came to this place, he watched one and another go
+in, until at last he also longed to go in and see the sights which were
+to be gazed on within. So he went to the door, and the porter asked him
+for money; but when he drew out his purse, and the porter saw that his
+money belonged to some strange place, and was quite unlike the coin used
+in that town, he only laughed at it, and said it was good for nothing
+there, and bid him "stand back." So as he turned away, the porter saw
+the rich bundle on his back, and then he spoke to him in another tone,
+and he said, "I will let you in, if you like to give me that bundle of
+goods." Then for a moment the servant was checked. He thought of his
+lord and of the reckoning, and he remembered the words, "As good stewards
+of the manifold grace of God;" and he had almost determined to turn back,
+and to fight his way to the market-place, and to trade for his lord, let
+it cost him what it might;--but just at the moment there was a great
+burst of the showman's trumpets; and he heard the people shouting for joy
+within; and so he forgot all but his great desire, and slipping off the
+bundle from his shoulders, he put it into the hands of the porter, and
+passed in, and I saw him no more.
+
+Then I saw another, who was standing at the corner of a street gating at
+some strange antics which were being played by a company of the townsmen.
+And as he gazed upon them, he forgot all about his trading for his
+master, and thought only of seeing more of this strange sight. Then I
+saw that whilst he was thinking only of these follies, some evil-minded
+men gathered round him, and before he was aware of it, they secretly
+stole from him all the gold which his lord had given him to lay out for
+him. The servant did not even know when it was gone, so much was he
+thinking of staring at the sight before him. But it made me very sad to
+think that when he went to buy for his master, he would find out, too
+late, his loss; and that when the trumpet sounded, he would have nothing
+to carry back with him on the day of reckoning.
+
+Some of these loiterers, too, were treated even worse than this. One of
+them I saw whom the shows and lights of that town led on from street to
+street, until he came quite to its farther end; and then he thought that
+he saw before him, beyond some lonely palings, still finer sights than
+any he had left; and so he set out to cross over those fields, and see
+those sights. And when he was half over, some wicked robbers, who laid
+wait in those desolate places, rushed out upon him from their lurking-
+place, and ill used him sorely, and robbed him of all his goods and
+money, and left him upon the ground hardly able to get back to the town
+which he had left.
+
+Then I saw one of these loiterers who, as he was looking idly at the
+sights round him, grew very grave, and began to tremble from head to
+foot. One of his fellows, who stood by and saw him, quickly asked him
+what made him tremble. At first he could not answer; but after a while
+he said, that the sound of the trumpet which they had just heard had made
+him think of the great trumpet-sound of their master, which was to call
+them all back to his presence, and that he trembled because the evening
+was coming on, and he had not yet traded for his lord. And "How," he
+said in great fear, "how shall we ever stand that reckoning with our
+hands empty?" Then some of his companions in idleness laughed and jeered
+greatly, and mocked the poor trembler. But his fears were wiser than
+their mockings; and so, it seemed, he knew, for he cared nothing for
+them; but only said to them, very sadly and gravely, "You are in the same
+danger, how then can you jeer at me?" And with that he pointed their
+eyes up to the sky, and shewed them how low the sun had got already, and
+that it wanted but an hour at the most to his setting, and then that the
+trumpet might sound at any moment, and they have nothing to bear home to
+their lord.
+
+Now, as he spoke, one listened eagerly to him; and whilst the others
+jeered, he said very gravely, "What can we do? Is it quite too late?"
+"It is never too late," said the other, "till the trumpet sounds; and
+though we have lost so much of the day, perchance we can yet do
+something: come with me to the market-place, and we will try." So the
+other joined him, and off they set, passing through their companions, who
+shouted after them all the way they went, until the townsmen who stood
+round began to jeer and shout after them also: so that all the town was
+moved. A hard time those two had now, and much they wished that they had
+gone to the market-place in the early morning, when the streets were
+empty, and the busy servants had passed so easily along. Many were the
+rough words they had now to bear; many the angry, or ill-natured, crowd
+through which they had to push; and if any where they met one of their
+late and idle companions, he was sure to stir up all the street against
+them, when he saw them pushing on to the market-place.
+
+"Do you think that we shall ever get there?" said he who had been moved
+by the other's words to him, who led the way, and buffeted with the
+crowd, like a man swimming through many rough waves in the strong stream
+of some swift river. "Do you think that we shall ever get there?" "Yes,
+yes," said the other; "we shall get there still, if we do but persevere."
+"But it is so hard to make any way, and the streets seem to grow fuller
+and fuller; I am afraid that I shall never get through."
+
+Just as he spoke, a great band of the townspeople, with music, and
+trumpets, and dancing, met them like a mighty wave of the sea, and seemed
+sure to drive them back: one of their old companions was dancing amongst
+the rest; and as I looked hard at him, I saw that it was the same who had
+given away his precious burden in order to go into the show. Now, as
+soon as he saw these his former fellows, he called to them by their
+names, and bid them join him and the townsmen round him. But he that was
+leading the way shook his head, and said boldly: "No: we will not join
+with you; we are going to the market-place to traffic for our lord." "It
+is too late for that," said he; "you lost the morning, and now you cannot
+trade." Then I saw that he who before had trembled exceedingly grew very
+pale; but still he held on his way; and he said,--"Yes, we have lost the
+morning, and a sore thing it is for us; but our good lord will help us
+even yet; and we WILL serve him, 'redeeming the time, because the days
+are evil.'" Then he turned to the other and said to him,--
+
+"And will not you stop either? Do not be fooled by this madman: what use
+is it to go to buy when the shops are all shut, and the market empty?"
+Then he hung down his head, and looked as though he would have turned
+back, and fallen into the throng; but his fellow seized him by the hand,
+and bid him take courage, and think upon his kind master, and upon the
+king's son, whose very blood had been shed for them; and with that he
+seemed to gather a little confidence, and held for a while on in his way
+with the other.
+
+Then their old companion turned all his seeming love into hatred, and he
+called upon the crowd round him to lay hands on them and stop them; and
+this the rabble would fain have done, but that, as it seemed to me, a
+power greater than their own was with those servants, and strengthened
+them; until they pushed the rude people aside on the right and on the
+left, and passed safely through them into another street.
+
+Here there were fewer persons, and they had a breathing-time for a while;
+and as they heard the sound of music and of the crowd passing by at some
+little distance from them, they began to gather heart, and to talk to one
+another. "I never thought," said the one, "that I could have held on
+through that crowd; and I never could, if you had not stretched out your
+hand to help me." "Say, rather, if our master's strength had not been
+with us," said the other. "But do you think," said he that was fearful,
+"that he will accept any thing we can bring him now, when the best part
+of the day is over?" "Yes, I do," he replied. "I have a good hope that
+he will; for I remember how he said, 'Return, ye backsliding children,
+return ye even unto me.'" "But how can one who is so trembling and
+fearful as I am ever traffic for him?" "You can, if you will but hold
+on; for he has once spoken of his servants 'as faint yet pursuing.'"
+"Well," said the other, "I wish that I had your courage; but I do believe
+that I should not dare to meet such another crowd as that we have just
+passed through; I really thought that they would tear us in pieces." "Our
+king will never let that be," said the other, "if only we trust in him."
+"But are you sure," replied he, "that our king does see us in this town?"
+
+Just as he said this, and before his companion had time to answer him
+again, they heard a louder noise than ever, of men dancing, and singing,
+and crowding, and music playing, and horns blowing, as if all the mad
+sports of the city were coming upon them in one burst. At the front of
+all they could see their old companion; for the band had turned round by
+a different street, and now were just beginning to come down that one up
+which they were passing. Then he who had been affrighted before, turned
+white as snow; and he looked this way and that, to see what he could do.
+
+Now it so happened, that just by where they stood was a great shop, and
+in its windows there seemed to shine precious stones and jewels, and fine
+crystals, and gold and ivory. And, as he looked, his eyes fell full upon
+the shop, and he said to his fellow,--"Look here; surely here is what we
+want: let us turn in here and traffic for our master, and then we shall
+escape all this rout which is coming upon us." "No, no!" said the other;
+"we must push on to the market; that is our appointed place; there our
+lord bids us trade: we must not turn aside from the trouble which our
+lateness has brought upon us--we must not offer to our master that which
+costs us nothing. Play the man, and we shall soon be in the market."
+
+"But we shall be torn in pieces," said the other. "Look at the great
+crowd: and even now it seems that our old companion sees me, and is
+beginning to lead the rabble upon us." "Never fear," said he who led the
+way; "our king will keep us. 'I will not be afraid for ten thousands of
+the people who have set themselves against us round about.'"
+
+Then I saw that he to whom he spoke did not seem to hear these last
+words, for the master of the shop had noticed how he cast his eyes upon
+the goods that were in the window, and was ready in a moment to invite
+him in. "Come in, come in," he said, "before the crowd sweep you away;
+come in and buy my pearls, and my diamonds, and my precious stones; come
+in, come in." And while he halted for a moment to parley with the man,
+the crowd came upon them, and he was parted from his friend, who had held
+up his fainting steps; and so he sprung trembling into the shop, scarcely
+thinking himself safe even there.
+
+Now the man into whose house he had turned, though he was a fair-spoken
+man, and one who knew well how to seem honest and true, was altogether a
+deceiver. All his seeming jewels, and diamonds, and pearls, were but
+shining and painted glass, which was worth nothing at all to him who was
+so foolish as to buy it: but this the servant knew not. If it had been
+in the bright clear light of the morning, he would easily have seen that
+the diamonds and the pearls were only sparkling and painted glass, and
+the gold nothing but tinsel; but the bright light of the morning had
+passed away, and in the red slanting light of the evening sun he could
+not see clearly; and so the false man persuaded him, and he parted with
+all the rich treasures which his king had given him, and got nothing for
+them in exchange which was worth the having, for he filled his bag with
+bits of painted glass, which his lord would never accept.
+
+However, he knew not how he had been cheated; or if, perhaps, a thought
+crossed his mind that all was not right, it was followed by another,
+which said that it was now too late to alter, and that if he had chosen
+wrongly, still he must abide by it; and so he waited for the trumpet. But
+he was not altogether happy; and often and often he wished that he had
+faced the strife of the multitude, and pressed on with his trusting
+companion to the market.
+
+A hard struggle had been his before he had reached it. It seemed indeed
+at times as if the words of his fearful companion were coming true, and
+he would be torn altogether in pieces, so fiercely did the crowd press
+upon him and throng him. But as I watched him in the thickest part of
+it, I saw that always, just at his last need, something seemed to favour
+him, and the crowd broke off and left room for him to struggle by. I
+could hear him chanting, as it were, to himself, when the crowd looked
+upon him the most fiercely, "I will not be afraid for ten thousands of
+the people that have set themselves against me round about." And even as
+he chanted the words, the crowd divided itself in two parts, like a
+rushing stream glancing by some black rock; and on he passed, as though
+they saw him not.
+
+So it continued, even till he reached the market-place. Right glad was
+he to find himself there: but even now all his trials were not over. Many
+of the stalls were empty, and from many more the fair and true traders
+were gone away; and instead of them were come false and deceitful men,
+who tried to put off any who dealt with them with pretended jewels and
+bad goods.
+
+Then did he look anxiously round and round the market, fearing every
+moment lest the trumpet should sound before he had purchased any thing
+for his lord. Never, perhaps, all along the way, did he so bitterly
+regret his early sloth as now, for he wrung his hands together, and said
+in great bitterness, "What shall I do?" and, "How shall I, a loiterer,
+traffic for my lord?"
+
+Then his eyes fell upon a shop where were no jewels, nor gold, nor costly
+silks, nor pearls of great price; but all that was in it was coarse
+sackcloth, and rough and hairy garments, and heaps of ashes, and here and
+there a loaf of bitter bread, and bitter herbs, and bottles wherein tears
+were stored. As he gazed on this shop something seemed to whisper to his
+heart, "Go and buy." So he went with his sorrowful heart, as one not
+worthy to traffic for his master, and he bought the coarsest sackcloth,
+and the ashes of affliction, and many bitter tears: and so he waited for
+the sounding of the trumpet.
+
+Then suddenly, as some loud noise breaks upon the slumbers of men who
+sleep, that great trumpet sounded. All through the air came its voice,
+still waxing louder and louder; and even as it pealed across the sky, all
+that great city, and its multitudes, and its lofty palaces, and its show,
+and its noise, and its revels, all melted away, and were not. And in a
+moment all the servants were gathered together, and their lord and king
+stood amongst them. All else was gone, and they and their works were
+alone with him.
+
+Then was there a fearful trial of every man's work. Then were they
+crowned with light and gladness who had risen early and traded
+diligently, and who now brought before their master the fruit of that
+toil, and labour, and pain. Each one had his own reward; and amongst the
+richest and the best--as though he brought what the king greatly
+loved--was his reward who brought unto his master the offering of
+gratitude from the broken-hearted widow.
+
+Then drew near the servant who had wasted the morning, but had repented
+of his sloth, and had fought his way through the crowds, and had at last
+bought the sackcloth. Now he came bringing it with him; and it looked
+poor, and mean, and coarse, as he bore it amongst the heaps of gold, and
+jewels, and silks, which lay piled up all around; yet did he draw near
+unto the king; and as he came, he spoke, and said, "A broken and a
+contrite heart wilt thou not despise." And as he spake, the king looked
+graciously upon him: a mild and an approving smile sat upon his
+countenance, and he spoke to him also the blessed words, "Well done, thou
+good and faithful servant." Then did the coarse sackcloth shine as the
+most rich cloth of gold; then did the ashes of the furnace sparkle as a
+monarch's jewels; whilst every bitter tear which was stored in the bottle
+changed into pearls and rubies which were above all price.
+
+Then the king turned to the careless servants, and his voice was terrible
+to hear, and from his face they fled away. I dared not to look upon
+them; but I heard their just and most terrible sentence, and I knew that
+they were driven away for ever from the presence of the king, in which is
+life and peace; and that they were bound under chains and darkness,
+deeper and more dreadful than those from which the king's son had
+graciously delivered them.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Father_. In what part of God's word do we read such a parable as this?
+
+_Child_. In the 25th chapter of St. Matthew's gospel, and at the 15th
+verse.
+
+F. Who is the King who called his servants thus together?
+
+C. Almighty God.
+
+F. Who are meant by these servants trading in the town?
+
+C. All of us Christians.
+
+F. How do you know that they were Christians?
+
+C. Because they had been delivered from slavery and dungeons by the
+King's own Son.
+
+F. What is the great town to which they were sent?
+
+C. This world.
+
+F. What are the goods which God gave them to lay out for him?
+
+C. Every thing which we have in this life: our strength, and health, and
+reason, and money, and time.
+
+F. How may we trade with these for the King?
+
+C. By trying to use them all so as to please Him and set forth His
+glory.
+
+F. Who are those who rose up early to go into the town?
+
+C. Those who begin to serve the Lord even from their youth.
+
+F. What is shewn by their finding the streets easy to pass, and the
+markets full of rich goods?
+
+C. That this service of God is far easier to such as begin to serve Him
+in youth; and that such are able to offer to Him the best gifts of early
+devotion, and their first love, and the zeal of youth, and tender hearts,
+and unclouded consciences.
+
+F. What is taught us by their seeing the beautiful things of the city at
+their ease, after their diligent trading?
+
+C. That those who serve God truly in a youthful piety commonly find more
+than others, that "godliness has promise of the life which now is, as
+well as of that which is to come."
+
+F. Why were those who were late ready to quarrel with one another?
+
+C. Because companions in sin have no real love for each other, but are
+always ready to fall out; being all selfish and separate from God.
+
+F. What were the full streets they met with when they entered the town?
+
+C. The many difficulties and hindrances which beset those who set about
+serving God late in life.
+
+F. What were the shows, and the thieves, and the robbers, which troubled
+them?
+
+C. The different temptations which come from the devil, the world, and
+the flesh.
+
+F. Who were the crowds who withstood them?
+
+C. Those who love this present world, and who therefore withstand those
+who seek to live for God's glory.
+
+F. Who was he who sold the false jewels?
+
+C. One of those who often make a prey of persons beginning, after a
+negligent youth, to feel earnest about religion, and of whom we read,
+Rom. xvi. 17, 18, "Now I beseech you, brethren, mark them which cause
+divisions and offences, contrary to the doctrine which ye have learned;
+and avoid them. For they that are such serve not our Lord Jesus Christ,
+but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the
+hearts of the simple."
+
+F. Who was he who held on through all difficulties to the market-place?
+
+C. A truly humble penitent, who having turned to God with all his heart,
+leans not to his own understanding, but follows God's leading in all
+things; cleaving close to Christ's Church.
+
+F. What were the sackcloth and ashes which he bought?
+
+C. The true contrition of heart and deep sense of sin, which God gives
+to those who seek earnestly to turn away from all iniquity.
+
+F. What was the sound of the trumpet?
+
+C. The call of men to the general judgment.
+
+F. Who were those whose trading the master was pleased to reward?
+
+C. Those who had served God early; those who had given to Him the best
+of their youth; those who had been kind to others and helped the needy
+for His sake; those who had turned to Him in truth, and clave to Him with
+a humble penitence.
+
+F. What was the end of the careless servants?
+
+C. It is an awful end, which our blessed Saviour Jesus Christ speaks of
+thus: "Cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness: there shall
+be weeping and gnashing of teeth." {148a} And, again, "These shall go
+away into everlasting punishment; but the righteous into life eternal."
+{148b}
+
+
+
+
+The Prophet's Guard.
+
+
+It was the very earliest morning. The day was not breaking as it does in
+this land of England, with a dewy twilight and a gradual dawning--first a
+dull glow all over the east, then blood-red rays, catching any fleecy
+cloud which is stealing over the sky, and turning all its misty whiteness
+into gold and fire;--but day was breaking as it does in those eastern
+countries--sudden, and bright, and hot. Darkness flew away as at a word;
+the thick shadows were all at once gone, and the broad glaring sun rose
+proudly in the sky, rejoicing in his strength. The people of the town
+woke up again to life and business. Doors were flung wide open, and some
+were passing through them; the flat roofs of the houses began to be
+peopled--on one was a man praying, on others two or three standing
+together; but most of the people were hastening here and there to get
+through their necessary work before the full heat of the day came on;
+numbers were passing and repassing to the clear dancing fountain, the
+cool waters of which bubbled up in the midst of a broad square within
+that city.
+
+And now, what is it which one suddenly sees, and, after gazing at it for
+a while, points out to another, and he to a third? As each hears, they
+look eagerly up to the hill, which rises high above their town, until
+they gather into a knot; and then, as one and another are added to their
+company, grow into almost a crowd. Still it is in the same quarter that
+all eyes are fixed; their water-vessels are set idly down, as if they
+could not think of them. Those which were set under the fountain have
+been quite full this long time, but no one stooped to remove them; and
+the water has been running over their brimming sides, while its liquid
+silver flew all round in a shower of sparkling drops. But no one thinks
+of them. What is it which so chains all eyes and fixes the attention of
+all?
+
+The hill is quite full of armed men. There were none there overnight:
+they have come up from the vale silently and stealthily during the
+darkness, while men slept, like some great mist rising in stillness from
+the waters, and they seem to be hemming in the town on every side. Look
+which way you will, the sun lights upon the burnished points of spears,
+or falls on strong shields, or flashes like lightning from polished and
+cutting swords, or is thrown a thousand ways by the rolling wheels of
+those war-chariots. "Who are they?" is the question of all; and no one
+likes to say what all have felt for a long time--"they are our enemies,
+and we are their prey."
+
+But there is no use in shutting the eyes any longer to the truth. The
+morning breeze has just floated off in its airy waves that flag which
+before hung down lifelessly by the side of its staff. It has shewn all.
+They are enemies; they are fierce and bitter enemies; they are the
+Syrians, and they are at war with Israel.
+
+But why are they come against this little town? When they have licked up
+it and its people like the dust from the face of the earth, they will be
+scarcely further on in their war against Israel. Why did not they begin
+with some of the great and royal cities? Why was it not against
+Jerusalem, or Jezreel, or even against the newly rebuilt Jericho? Why
+should they come against this little town?
+
+Then one, an evil-looking man of a dark countenance, one who feared not
+God and loved not His servants, whispered to those around him, and said,
+"Have you not heard how Elisha the prophet, who dwells amongst us, has
+discovered to the king of Israel the secrets of the army of the king of
+Syria? No doubt it is because Elisha is dwelling here that the king of
+Syria has come upon us. And now shall we, and our wives, and our sweet
+babes, and our houses, and our treasures, become the prey of the king of
+Syria, for the sake of this Elisha. I never thought that good would come
+from his dwelling here."
+
+Now, fear makes men cruel and suspicious, and fills their minds with hard
+thoughts; and many of these men were full of fear: and so, when they
+heard these words, they began to have hard bad thoughts of God's prophet,
+and to hate him, as the cause of all the evils which they were afraid
+would very soon come upon them.
+
+Just then the door of another house opened: it was the prophet's house,
+and his servant came forth with the water-vessels to fill them at the
+fountain. He wondered to see the crowd of men gathered together, and he
+drew near to ask them what was stirring. He could read upon their dark
+scowling faces that something moved them exceedingly; but what it was he
+could not gather. He could not tell why they would scarcely speak to
+him, but looked on him with angry faces, and spoke under their breath,
+and said, "This is one of them." "'Twere best to give them up." "They
+will destroy us all." Then the man was altogether astonished; for his
+master had been ever humble, and kind, and gentle; no poor man had ever
+turned away without help when he had come in his sorrows to the prophet
+of the Lord. And yet, why were they thus angry with him, if it were not
+for his master's sake?
+
+Broken sentences were all that he could gather; but, by little and
+little, he learned what they feared and what they threatened; he saw,
+also, the hosts of armed men gathered all around the city; and his heart,
+also, was filled with fear. He believed that it was for his master's
+sake that they were there; he saw that all around him were turned against
+his master, and he trembled exceedingly. For some time he stood amongst
+the rest, scarce knowing what to do, neither liking to remain nor daring
+to go; until at last, as some more stragglers joined themselves to the
+company, he slunk away like one ashamed, without stopping even to fill
+the water-vessels he had brought.
+
+And so he entered his own door, heavy-hearted and trembling; and he went
+to the prophet's chamber, for he deemed that he still slept. But the man
+of God was risen; and he knew, therefore, where he should find him--that
+he would be upon the flat roof of his house, calling upon the name of the
+Lord his God, who had made another morning's sun to rise in its glory.
+
+{The Prophet's Guard: p156.jpg}
+
+So he followed his master to the housetop; and there, even as he had
+supposed, he found the holy man. It was a striking sight, could any one
+have seen the difference between these two men. The one pale and
+trembling and affrighted, like a man out of himself, and with no stay on
+which to rest his mind; the other calm and earnest, as, in deep and
+solemn prayer, with his head bowed and his hands clasped together, his
+low voice poured forth his thanksgiving, or spake of his needs; he also,
+as it seemed, was out of himself, but going out of himself that he might
+rest upon One who was near to him though his eye saw Him not, and who
+spake to him though his outward ear heard no voice of words.
+
+Thus he continued for a season, as if he knew not that any man was nigh
+unto him; as if he knew not that there were, in the great world around
+him, any one besides his God with whom he communed, and his own soul
+which spake unto his God. All this time his servant stood by him, pale
+and trembling, but not daring to break in upon that hour of prayer; until
+at length the prophet paused, and his eye fell upon the trembler; and he
+turned towards him, and said kindly, "What ails thee, my son?" Then the
+servant answered, "O my father, look unto the hill." And he stood gazing
+in the prophet's face, as though he expected to see paleness and terror
+overspread it when his eyes gathered in the sight of those angry hosts.
+But it was not so. No change passed over his countenance; his brow was
+open as it was before; the colour never left his cheeks; and, with almost
+a smile, he turned unto the servant, and said, "And why does this
+affright thee?" "It is for thee they seek, my father--it is for thee
+they seek; and the wicked men of the town are ready to fall upon thee and
+deliver thee into their hands. Even now, as I walked along the street,
+they looked on me with fierce and cruel eyes; and they breathed threats
+which these lips may not utter, and said, that thou hadst brought this
+trouble upon them, and their wives, and their little ones; and I feared
+that they would curse thee and thy God." But the prophet was not moved
+by his words, for he only answered, "Fear them not; they that are with us
+are more than they that are against us." Then did the servant cast his
+eyes to the ground, and he spake not, yet his lips moved; and if any one
+had heard the words which he whispered, they might perhaps have heard him
+ask how this could be, when they were but two, and their enemies were so
+many and so mighty.
+
+Now the prophet's eye rested upon him, and he read all his secret
+thoughts; and he pitied his weakness, for that holy man was full of pity
+for the weak: so he chid him not; but, bowing his knees again on that
+flat roof, he prayed unto his God to open the eyes of his affrighted
+servant. His prayer was heard. For there fell from them as it were
+films; and now, when he looked out, he saw a glorious sight. All the
+mountain was full; and they were a wonderful company which filled it. The
+dark hosts of the Syrians, and their glancing swords and clashing
+chariots, now looked but as a mere handful; for the whole mountain round
+them was full of that heavenly army. Chariots of fire and horsemen of
+fire thronged it in every part. High up into the viewless air mounted
+their wheeling bands: rank beyond rank, and army beyond army, they seemed
+to stretch on into the vastness of space, until the gazer's wearied eye
+was unable to gaze on them. And all of these were gathered round his
+master. They were God's host, keeping guard over God's servant. And
+they who would injure him must first turn aside those flashing swords,
+must break up that strong and serried array, and be able to do battle
+with God's mighty angels.
+
+Then was the weak heart strong. Then did the poor trembler see that he
+was safe; and know that he who is on God's side can never want companions
+and defenders.
+
+
+
+
+The Brothers' Meeting;
+OR,
+The Sins of Youth.
+
+
+A large company was winding its way slowly out of the vale in which the
+river Jordan runs. The sun was just beginning to strike hotly upon them,
+and make them long for rest and shelter, as they toiled up the open sandy
+hills and amongst the great masses of rock with which that country was
+strewn.
+
+It was a striking sight to see those travellers. First went three troops
+of kine, lowing as they went; camels with their arched necks, stooping
+shoulders, and forward ears; asses with their foals; ewes and lambs; and
+goats with their kids, which mounted idly upon every rock that lay by
+their road-side, and then jumped as idly down again; and before and after
+these, drivers in stately turbans and long flowing robes, keeping the
+flocks and herds to their appointed way. Then came large droves of
+cattle, and sheep, and goats, and asses, stirring up with their many feet
+the dust of the sandy plain, till it fell like a gentle shower powdering
+with its small grains all the rough and prickly plants which grew in
+tufts over the waste. Then was there a space; and after that were seen
+two bands of camels,--the best they seemed to be of all the flock, those
+which came last especially,--and on them were children and women riding,
+over whom hung long veils to shelter their faces from the hot breath of
+the sandy desert through which they had travelled. And after all these
+came one man, with his staff in his hand and a turban on his head,
+walking slowly, as one who walked in pain and yet walked on, following
+those who went before.
+
+If you had stood near to that man, you might, perhaps, have heard him
+speaking to God in prayer and thanksgiving; you might have heard him
+saying to himself, "with my staff passed I over this Jordan, and now I am
+become two bands:" or you might have heard him earnestly calling upon the
+God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac his father, to keep him safe in the
+great danger which now lay close before him. His mind was certainly very
+full of that danger; for he kept looking up from the sand on which his
+eyes were often fixed, and gazing as far as he could see over the hills
+before him, as if he expected to see some great danger suddenly meet him
+on his way, and as if, therefore, he wished to be quite ready for it.
+
+If you looked into his face, you could see at once that he was not a
+common man. He was not a very old man; his hair was not yet grey upon
+his head; and yet it seemed, at the first glance, as if he was very old.
+But as you looked closer, you saw that it was not so; but that many, many
+thoughts had passed through his mind, and left those deep marks stamped
+even on his face. It was not only sorrow, though there was much of that;
+nor care, though he was now full of care; but besides these, it seemed as
+if he had seen, and done, and felt great things--things in which all a
+man's soul is called up, and so, which leave their impress behind them,
+even when they have passed away.
+
+He HAD seen great things, and felt great things. He had seen God's most
+holy angels going up to heaven, and coming down to earth upon their
+messages of mercy. He had heard the voice of the Lord of all, promising
+to be his Father and his Friend. And only the night before, the Angel of
+the covenant had made himself known to him in the stillness of his lonely
+tent, and made him strong to wrestle with him for a blessing, until the
+breaking of the day. So that it was no wonder, that when you looked into
+his face, it was not like the face of a common man, but one which was
+full of thought, which bore almost outwardly the stamp of great
+mysteries.
+
+But what was it which now filled this man with care? He was returning
+home from a far land where he had been staying twenty years, to the land
+where his father dwelt. He had gone out a poor man; he was coming home a
+rich man. He was bringing back with him his wives, and his children, and
+his servants, and his flocks, and his herds; and of what was he afraid?
+Surely he could trust the God who had kept him and blessed him all these
+twenty years, and who had led him now so far on his journey?
+
+Why should he fear now, when he was almost at his father's tent?
+
+It was because he heard that HIS BROTHER was coming to meet him. But why
+should this fill him with such fear? Surely it would be a happy meeting;
+brothers born of the same father and of the same mother, who had dwelt
+together in one tent, kneeled before one father's knees in prayer, and
+joined together in the common plays of childhood,--surely their meeting
+must be happy, now that they have been twenty years asunder, and God has
+blessed them both, and they are about to see each other again in peace
+and safety, and to shew to each other the children whom God had given
+them, and who must remind them of their days of common childhood. And
+why then is the man afraid? Because when he left his father's house this
+brother was very angry with him, and he fears that he may have remembered
+his anger all these twenty years, and be ready now to revenge himself for
+that old quarrel.
+
+And yet, why should this make such an one to fear? Even if his brother
+be still angry with him, and have cruel and evil thoughts against him,
+cannot God deliver him?--cannot the same God who has kept him safely all
+these twenty years of toil and labour, help and save him now? Why then
+does he fear so greatly? He has not forgotten that this God can save
+him--he has not for a moment forgotten it; for see how earnestly he makes
+his prayer unto Him: hear his vows that if God will again deliver him, he
+and all of his shall ever praise and serve him for this mercy. Yet still
+he is in fear; and he seems like a man who thought that there was some
+reason why the God who had heard him in other cases should not hear him
+in this.
+
+What was it, then, which pressed so heavily upon this man's mind? It was
+the remembrance of an old sin. He feared that God would leave him now to
+Esau's wrath, because he knew that Esau's wrath was God's punishment of
+his sin. He feared that Esau's hand would slay his children, as God's
+chastisement for the sins of his childhood. He remembered that he had
+lied to Isaac his father, and mocked the dimness of his aged eyes by a
+false appearance; now he trembled lest his father's God should leave the
+deceiver and the mocker to eat the bitter fruit of his old sin. It was
+not so much Esau's wrath, and Esau's company, and Esau's arms, which he
+feared--though all these were very terrible to this peaceful man,--as it
+was his own sin in days long past, which now met him again, and seemed to
+frown upon him from the darkness before him. In vain did he strive to
+look on and see whether God would guide him there, for his sin clouded
+over the light of God's countenance. It was as when he strained his eyes
+into the great sand-drifts of the desert through which he had passed:
+they danced and whirled fearfully before him, and baffled all the
+strivings of his earnest gaze.
+
+But the time of trial was drawing very near. And how did it end? Instead
+of falling upon him and slaying him and his; instead of making a spoil of
+the oxen, and the asses, and the camels, and giving the young children to
+the sword, Esau's heart melted as soon as they met; he fell upon his
+brother's neck and kissed him; he looked lovingly upon the children who
+had been born to him in the far land; he spake kindly of the old days of
+their remembered childhood, of the grey-haired man at home; and he would
+not take even the present which his brother had set apart for him.
+
+Jacob knew who it was that had turned his brother's heart, and he felt
+more than ever what a strong and blessed thing prayer and supplication
+was. Nor did he forget his childhood's sin against his God. It had
+looked out again upon him in manhood, and reminded him of God's holiness,
+of his many past misdeeds, and made him pray more earnestly not to be
+made to "possess the iniquities of his youth."
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Father_. What should we learn from this account of Jacob's meeting
+Esau?
+
+_Child_. That God remembers and often visits long afterwards the sins of
+our childhood.
+
+F. Does not God, then, forgive the sins of children?
+
+C. Yes, He does forgive them, and blot them out for Christ's sake.
+
+F. Why, then, do we say that He visits them?
+
+C. Because He often allows the effects of past sins to be still their
+punishment, even when He has forgiven them.
+
+F. Why does He do so?
+
+C. To shew us how He hates sin.
+
+F. What should we learn from this?
+
+C. To watch against every sin most carefully, because we never can know
+what may be its effects; to remember how God has punished it, often for
+years, in His true servants; to pray against sin; to think no sin little.
+
+F. What should we do, if we find the consequences of past sin coming
+upon us?
+
+C. Take our chastisement meekly; humble ourselves under God's hand; pray
+for deliverance, as, "Remember not the sins of my youth, nor my
+transgressions: according to thy mercy remember thou me for thy goodness'
+sake, O Lord" (Ps. xxv. 7).
+
+F. What should be the effect on us when God hears our prayer, and
+delivers us?
+
+C. It should make us more humbly remember our sins and unworthiness, and
+strive to shew forth our thankfulness, "not with our lips only, but in
+our lives."
+
+{Finis: p172.jpg}
+
+LONDON:
+PRINTED BY GILBERT & RIVINGTON,
+St. John's Square.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{6} Rev. xxii. 2.
+
+{45a} Lover of God.
+
+{45b} Wanderer.
+
+{45c} Timid.
+
+{46} Help.
+
+{49a} Prov. ii. 19.
+
+{49b} Ps. cxix. 9.
+
+{76} Isaiah xlii. 16.
+
+{79a} Isaiah xxxv. 3, 4.
+
+{79b} Ps. cxix. 67.
+
+{80} Isaiah xxxv. 9.
+
+{95a} Bold, or Rash.
+
+{95b} Tender.
+
+{96} Faith.
+
+{148a} Matt. xxv. 30.
+
+{148b} Ib. xxv. 46.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ROCKY ISLAND***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 20541.txt or 20541.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/0/5/4/20541
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/20541.zip b/20541.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9ad6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20541.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d629ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #20541 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/20541)